You are on page 1of 380

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

For.../

3166

CLAMP ON
POWER HiTESTER

Contents
Introduction

Inspection

ii

Safety Notes

iii

Notes on Use

vi

Notes on Using the Power Meter

ix

Chapter Summary

Chapter 1 Overview and Names of Parts

1.1 Product Overview

1.2 Features

1.3 Names and Functions of Each Part

1.4 PLL Synchronization

Chapter 2 Key Operations and the Initial Screen


2.1 Basic Operations

9
9

2.2 Screen Configuration

13

2.3 Initial Screen

15

Chapter 3 Before Taking Measurements

17

3.1 Flow Chart of Basic Operating Procedure

18

3.2 Connecting the Voltage Cords

19

3.3 Connecting the Clamp on Sensors

22

3.4 Turning On the Power

24

3.5 Self-test

26

3.6 Attaching the Stand

27

Chapter 4 Wiring Methods

29

4.1 Before Measurement

29

4.2 Cautions Concerning Wiring

30

4.3 Flow Chart of Basic Operating Procedure

32

4.4 Wiring Settings and Wiring Methods

33

4.5 Checking for Incorrect Wiring

38

4.6 Measuring Ranges

41

Chapter 5 Normal Measurement

43

5.1 Capabilities in Normal Measurement Mode

44

5.2 Flow Chart of Basic Operating Procedure

45

5.3 Preparations for Measurement

46

5.3.1 Selecting the Measurement Mode and Checking


the Basic Setting Conditions
5.3.2 Confirming Settings

5.4 Taking Measurements

46
47
49

5.4.1 Displaying Instantaneous Values

49

5.4.2 Displaying Minimum/Maximum Values

51

5.4.3 Printing Measured Values on the Printer

52

5.4.4 Saving Measured Values on Floppy Disk

53

5.5 Changing the Settings

54

5.5.1 Print/Save Items

54

5.5.2 File Names

55

5.5.3 D/A Output Items

58

5.5.4 Other Items (Common With the Setting Mode)

59

5.6 Printing Out the Settings

60

5.7 Saving the Settings to Floppy Disk

61

Chapter 6 Integrated Measurement

63

6.1 Capabilities in Integrated Measurement Mode

63

6.2 Flow Chart of Basic Operating Procedure

65

6.3 Preparations for Measurement

66

6.3.1 Selecting the Measurement Mode and Checking


the Basic Setting Conditions
6.3.2 Special Settings for Integrated Measurement

6.4 Taking Measurements

66
67
70

6.4.1 Clearing Measurement Data and Setting the Range

70

6.4.2 Starting Integrated Measurement

71

6.4.3 Stopping Integrated Measurement

72

6.4.4 Displaying Instantaneous Values

73

6.4.5 Displaying Minimum/Maximum Values

74

6.4.6 Displaying Integrated Values

75

6.5 Changing Settings

78

6.5.1 Integration Start Method

78

6.5.2 Start Time

78

6.5.3 Integration Stop Method

79

6.5.4 Stop Time

80

6.5.5 Output Interval Time

80

6.5.6 Print/Save Items

81

6.5.7 FD Auto Output

82

6.5.8 File Names

83

6.5.9 RS-232C Automatic Output

83

6.5.10 D/A Output Items

84

6.5.11 Integrated Output Rate

84

6.5.12 Other Items (Common With the Setting Mode)

86

6.6 Printing Out the Settings

87

6.7 Saving the Settings to Floppy Disk

88

Chapter 7 Demand Measurement

89

7.1 Capabilities in Demand Measurement Mode

89

7.2 Flow Chart of Basic Operating Procedure

92

7.3 Preparations for Measurement

93

7.3.1 Selecting the Measurement Mode and Checking


the Basic Setting Conditions
7.3.2 Special Settings for Demand Measurement

7.4 Taking Measurements

93
94
97

7.4.1 Clearing Measurement Data and Setting the Range

97

7.4.2 Starting Demand Measurement

98

7.4.3 Stopping Demand Measurement

99

7.4.4 Displaying Instantaneous Values

100

7.4.5 Displaying Integrated Values

102

7.4.6 Displaying Demand Values

105

7.4.7 Displaying a Daily Report

106

7.4.8 Displaying Weekly Reports

108

7.4.9 Displaying Monthly Reports

110

7.5 Changing Settings

112

7.5.1 Start Time

112

7.5.2 Stop Time

112

7.5.3 Demand Period

113

7.5.4 Transformer Capacity

114

7.5.5 Print/Save Items

115

7.5.6 FD Auto Output

117

7.5.7 File Names

117

7.5.8 RS-232C Automatic Output

118

7.5.9 D/A Output Items

118

7.5.10 Integrated Output Rate

119

7.5.11 Other Items (Common With the Setting Mode)

120

7.6 Printing Out the Settings

121

7.7 Saving the Settings to Floppy Disk

122

Chapter 8 Setting Mode (Function Setting) Details

123

8.1 List of Setting Items

123

8.2 Settings for Each Item

125

8.2.1 Reactive Power Meter Method

125

8.2.2 Sampling Method

126

8.2.3 PLL Sync/Frequency Source

126

8.2.4 Frequency of the Line Being Measured

127

8.2.5 Display Averaging Times

127

8.2.6 PT

128

8.2.7 CT

128

8.2.8 Backlight

129

8.2.9 Contrast

129

8.2.10 Key Beep

130

8.2.11 RS-232C Device

130

8.2.12 Setting the Time

134

8.2.13 System Reset

135

8.3 Printing Out the Settings

136

8.4 Saving the Settings to Floppy Disk

137

Chapter 9 Using the Remote Control Jack

139

9.1 Connection With the Remote Control Jack

140

9.2 Structure of the Remote Control Jack

141

9.3 Functions That Support Remote Control

142

Chapter 10 Connecting a Printer

145

10.1 Overview

145

10.2 Information That Can Be Printed Out

146

10.3 Connection Method

150

10.4 Operating Procedure

152

Chapter 11 Connecting a Computer

157

11.1 Connection Method

157

11.2 Overview of the RS-232C Interface

158

11.2.1 RS-232C Interface Specifications

158

11.2.2 Setting Method

161

11.2.3 Flow of the Basic Operating Procedure

162

11.3 Details of the RS-232C Interface

163

11.3.1 Messages

163

11.3.2 Command Syntax

164

11.3.3 Headers

164

11.3.4 Delimiter

165

11.3.5 Separators

165

11.3.6 Data Formats

166

11.3.7 Abbreviation of Compound Commands

167

11.3.8 Output Queue

168

11.3.9 Input Buffer

168

11.4 Command Reference

169

11.4.1 Description of the Command Reference Format

169

11.4.2 Commands

170

11.5 Sample Program

237

11.5.1 RS-232C

11.6 Cautions Concerning the RS-232C Interface

Chapter 12 Connecting a Modem

238
239
241

12.1 Connection Method

242

12.2 Functions That Use the Modem (1)

243

12.2.1 Automatic Measurement Data Output

243

12.2.2 Operating Procedure

243

12.2.3 Setting the 3166

244

12.2.4 Setting a Modem Connected to a Personal Computer 245

12.3 Functions That Use the Modem (2)

246

12.3.1 Remote Control

246

12.3.2 Operating Procedure

246

12.3.3 Setting the 3166

247

12.3.4 Setting the Modem Connected to the 3166

247

12.3.5 Setting the Modem Connected to


the Personal Computer
12.3.6 Actual Control Method

Chapter 13 Using the D/A Output (Optional)

248
248
249

13.1 Output Connection Method

250

13.2 Structure of the Output Connector

251

13.3 Output Response Characteristics

252

13.4 Output Waveform

Chapter 14 Using the FDD UNIT (Optional)

254
257

14.1 General

258

14.2 Type and Amount of Data That Can Be Saved

259

14.3 Connection Method

265

14.4 Using Floppy Disks

267

14.5 Saving Measurement Data

269

14.6 FD (Floppy Disk) Mode

273

14.6.1 Loading Setting Data That Was Previously Saved


on Floppy Disk

274

14.6.2 Loading Measurement Data That Was Previously


Saved on Floppy Disk

275

14.6.3 Formatting a Floppy Disk

277

14.6.4 Renaming Files

278

14.6.5 Deleting Files

279

14.6.6 Upgrade

280

Chapter 15 Harmonic Analysis Software


15.1 Overview

Chapter 16 Operation in the Event of a Loss of Power

281
281
283

16.1 Operation in the Event of a Loss of Power

284

16.2 Normal Measurement Mode

285

16.3 Integrated Measurement Mode and Demand


Measurement Mode

286

Chapter 17 Maintenance and Service

289

17.1 Cautions

289

17.2 Troubleshooting

290

17.3 Disposing of the Power Meter and


the Packing Materials

Chapter 18 Specifications
18.1 Product Specifications

291
293
293

18.1.1 General Specifications

293

18.1.2 Basic Specifications

295

18.1.3 Function Specifications

298

18.1.4 External Interfaces

302

18.2 Measurement Range Organization Table

304

18.3 Measurement Items and Calculations

305

18.4 Internal Block Diagram

309

18.5 9291/ 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR Specifications

310

18.6 9595 FDD UNIT Specifications

311

18.6.1 General Specifications

311

18.6.2 Specifications

311

18.6.3 Functions

311

18.6.4 Miscellaneous

312

18.6.5 Accessories

312

Appendix

APPENDIX 1

Appendix 1 Error Messages

APPENDIX 2

Appendix 2 List of Commands

APPENDIX 4

Appendix 2.1 List of Commands

APPENDIX 4

Appendix 2.2 Hierarchical Organization


of Commands

APPENDIX 10

Appendix 2.3 Valid Commands for Each Status

APPENDIX 14

Appendix 2.4 Chart of Initialization Items

APPENDIX 20

Appendix 3 Active Power Consumption/Regeneration,


and Reactive Power and Power Factor Lead
and Lag

APPENDIX 21

Appendix 3.1 Active Power

APPENDIX 21

Appendix 3.2 Reactive Power

APPENDIX 21

Appendix 3.3 Power Factor

APPENDIX 24

Appendix 4 Sampling in the 3166

APPENDIX 25

Appendix 5 Screen Configuration

APPENDIX 27

Appendix 6 Packing the 3166 in the 9383 Carrying


Case

APPENDIX 28

Appendix 7 Glossary of Terms

APPENDIX 29

Appendix 8 Printout Samples

APPENDIX 30

Appendix 9 Headers of Data Output to Floppy Disk APPENDIX 35

Index

INDEX 1

Introduction
Thank you for purchasing the HIOKI "3166 CLAMP ON POWER HiTESTER."
To obtain maximum performance from the product, please read this manual
first, and keep it handy for future reference.
NOTE

The 3166 uses the 9291/ 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR for its current input. For
details on the sensor, refer to the 9291/ 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR
Instruction Manual.
3166 CLAMP ON POWER HiTESTER (9556 HARMONIC ANALYSIS
SOFTWARE PREINSTALL MODEL)
The "9556 HARMONIC ANALYSIS SOFTWARE" (optional) is
preinstalled in the 3166. For details on the software, refer to the 9556
HARMONICS ANALYSIS SOFTWARE Instruction Manual.

NOTE

The 9556 master disk is not included with the product. The disk included with
the product contains software (WUICONV.EXE) to convert waveform data into
a text format.

Introduction

ii

Inspection
When you receive the product, inspect it carefully to ensure that no damage
occurred during shipping. In particular, check the accessories, panel switches,
and connectors. If damage is evident, or if it fails to operate according to the
specifications, contact your dealer or Hioki representative.

Standard accessories
Instruction Manual

Guide
Power cord
9438 VOLTAGE CORD

1
1
1set
(one each of black, red, yellow, and blue)
4
1set

Voltage cord lock


Stand

Before use
Before using the product the first time, verify that it operates normally to
ensure that the no damage occurred during storage or shipping. If you find
any damage, contact your dealer or Hioki representative.

NOTE

Before using the product, make sure that the insulation on the 9438
VOLTAGE CORD is undamaged and that no bare conductors are improperly
exposed. Using the product in such conditions could cause an electric shock,
so contact your dealer or Hioki representative for repair.

Shipment
Use the original packing materials when reshipping the product, if possible.
Before shipping the 9595 FDD UNIT, be sure to remove the floppy disk.

Inspection

iii

Safety Notes

DANGER

This product is designed to conform to IEC 61010 Safety Standards, and


has been thoroughly tested for safety prior to shipment. However,
mishandling during use could result in injury or death, as well as damage
to the product. Be certain that you understand the instructions and
precautions in the manual before use. We disclaim any responsibility for
accidents or injuries not resulting directly from product defects.

DANGER

To avoid short circuits and potentially life-threatening hazards, never


attach the clamp to a circuit that operates at more than the 600 V (9291)
/300 V (9298) or over bare conductors.

This manual contains information and warnings essential for safe operation of
the product and for maintaining it in safe operating condition. Before using
the product, be sure to carefully read the following safety notes.

Safety symbols
The this symbol printed on the product indicates that the user
should refer to a corresponding topic in the manual (marked with
the symbol) before using the relevant function.
In the manual, this symbol indicates particularly important
information that the user should read before using the product.
Indicates a grounding terminal.
Indicates AC (Alternating Current).

Safety Notes

iv

The following symbols in this manual indicate the relative importance of


cautions and warnings.
DANGER

Indicates that incorrect operation presents an extreme hazard that


could result in serious injury or death to the user.

WARNING

Indicates that incorrect operation presents a significant hazard that


could result in serious injury or death to the user.

CAUTION

Indicates that incorrect operation presents a possibility of injury to


the user or damage to the product.

NOTE

Advisory items related to performance or correct operation of the


product.

Overvoltage Categories
To ensure safe use of measurement, IEC 60664 establishes safety level
standards for different locations, classified as CAT I through CAT IV, and
called overvoltage categories. These are defined as follows.
CAT : Secondary electrical circuits that are connected to a wall outlet
through a transformer or similar device.
CAT : Primary electrical circuits in equipment connected to a wall outlet via
a power cord (portable tools, household appliances, etc.)
CAT : Primary electrical circuits of heavy equipment (fixed installations)
connected directly to the distribution panel, and feeders between the
distribution panel and outlets.
CAT : The circuit from the service drop to the service entrance, then to the
power meter and to the primary overcurrent protection device.
Higher-numbered categories correspond to electrical environments with
greater momentary energy, so a measurement device designed for CAT III
environments can endure greater momentary energy than a device designed
for CAT II. Use of a lower category product in a higher category environment
could result in a severe accident and must be carefully avoided.

Safety Notes

Notes on accuracy
We define measurement tolerances in terms of f.s. (full scale), rdg. (reading)
and dgt. (digit) values, with the following meanings:
f.s. (maximum display value or scale length)
The maximum displayable value or the full length of the scale.
This is usually the maximum value of the currently selected range.
rdg. (reading or displayed value)
The value currently being measured and indicated on the measuring product.
dgt. (resolution)
The smallest displayable unit on a digital measuring product, i.e., the input
value that causes the digital display to show a "1".

Safety Notes

vi

Notes on Use
Follow these precautions to ensure safe operation and to obtain the full
benefits of the various functions.
Installation
CAUTION

This product is designed for indoor use, and operates reliably from 0 to 40.
Do not store or use the product where it could be exposed to direct sunlight,
high temperature or humidity, or condensation. Under such conditions, the
product may be damaged and insulation may deteriorate so that it no longer
meets specifications.
This product is not designed to be entirely water- or dust-proof. To avoid
damage, do not use it in a wet or dusty environment.
Do not use the product near a device that generates a strong
electromagnetic field or electrostatic charge, as these may cause erroneous
measurements.
Do not use the product where it may be exposed to corrosive or combustible
gases. The product may be damaged or cause an explosion.

Before use
WARNING

To avoid electric shock, do not allow the product to get wet, and do not
use it when your hands are wet.
To avoid electric shock when measuring live lines, wear appropriate
protective gear, such as insulated rubber gloves, boots and a safety
helmet.

Observe the following points in order to use this equipment safely and most
effectively.
Making power meter connections
WARNING

The unit is constructed so as to be connected to a ground line via a


three-core power cord that is supplied with the unit.
To avoid electric shock and ensure safe operation, connect the power
cable to a grounded (3-contact) outlet.

Notes on Use

vii

Voltage of the power supply


WARNING

Before turning on the power, make sure that the voltage of the power
supply being used matches the supply voltage indicated on the rear
panel of the unit.
Before turning the product on, make sure the source voltage matches
that indicated on the products power connector. Connection to an
improper supply voltage may damage the product and present an
electrical hazard.

Connecting powermeter
WARNING

To avoid electrical accidents, remove power from the circuit before


connecting the voltage cord.

CAUTION

To avoid electric shock and short-circuit accidents, use only the supplied test
leads to connect the product input terminals to the circuit to be tested.

Secondary side connections

DANGER

Connect the clamp-on sensors or voltage cords to the product first, and
then to the active lines to be measured. Observe the following to avoid
electric shock and short circuits.
Do not allow the voltage cable clips to touch two wires at the same
time. Never touch the edge of the metal clips.
When the clamp sensor is opened, do not allow the metal part of the
clamp to touch any exposed metal, or to short between two lines, and
do not use over bare conductors.
Clamp sensor should only be connected to the secondary side of a
breaker, so the breaker can prevent an accident if a short circuit occurs.
Connections should never be made to the primary side of a breaker,
because unrestricted current flow could cause a serious accident if a
short circuit occurs.

Notes on Use

viii

Core of cables
CAUTION

To avoid electrocution, turn off the power to all devices before pluggingor
unplugging any of the interface connectors.
To avoid damaging the probes, do not bend or pull the probes.
Keep in mind that, in some cases, conductors to be measured may be hot.
Keep the cables well away from heat sources, as bare conductors could be
exposed if the insulation melts.
To prevent damage to the product and sensor, never connect or disconnect
a sensor while the power is on.

Unit and accessories


CAUTION

To avoid damage to the product, protect it from vibration or shock during


transport and handling, and be especially careful to avoid dropping.
Be careful to avoid dropping the clamps or otherwise subjecting them to
mechanical shock, which could damage the mating surfaces of the core and
adversely affect measurement.
Do not remove the floppy disk while the drive is operating (the LED on the
floppy drive is on).
Avoid using the printer in hot, humid environments, as this can greatly
reduce printer life.

Use of the 3166

DANGER

When connecting clip-type test leads to live terminals, be very careful to


avoid accidentally shorting conductors together and causing a serious
accident.
The maximum rated working voltage is 600 VAC/850 V peak. Attempting
to measure voltage in excess of the maximum rating could destroy the
product and result in personal injury or death.
The maximum rated voltage between input terminals and ground is 600
VAC. Attempting to measure voltages exceeding 600 V with respect to
ground could damage the product and result in personal injury.

CAUTION

Note that the product may be damaged if the applied voltage or current
exceeds the measurement range.
When the power is turned off, do not apply voltage or current to the voltage
input terminal, clamp-on sensor . Doing so may damage the unit.
To avoid damage to the unit, do not input a voltage exceeding the rated
maximum to the external control terminals.
In order to prevent this power meter from being damaged, do not short the
D/A output connector, and do not input voltage to that connector.

Notes on Use

ix

Notes on Using the Power Meter


This power meter uses the calculations indicated in the specifications in
order to determine apparent power (S), power factor (), and calculated
reactive power on the basis of the measured voltage (U), current (I), and
active power. In the 3166, the apparent power (S), power factor (), and
calculated reactive power (Q) are calculated according to formulas indicated
in the specifications, based on the voltage (U), the current (I), and the active
power (P). In addition, when using the active power meter method, the
apparent power (S) and power factor () are derived from the measured
active power (P) and reactive power (Q). The values displayed by this power
meter may differ from those produced by other testers that are based on
different principles of operation or testers that use different calculations.
NOTE

It should be noted that if the measurement line is a three-phase three-wire


line and the waveform is distorted (e.g., on the primary side of the inverter),
the values of reactive power (Q), apparent power (S), and power factor ()
differ from those on a measuring instrument based on a different calculation
formula.
The integrated values produced by this power meter are derived through
software calculations based on the power measurements. The integrated
value may differ from the value produced by a tester that has a different
response speed, sampling rate, or calculation method. In addition, this
power meter is designed specifically to measure alternating current, and
cannot be used to measure lines carrying direct current.
The power factor is calculated for display using the values of active power
and apparent power before zero-suppression. Note that even if the active
power (P) and apparent power (S) on display are zero, the power factor ()
may not be zero.
In order to assure accurate measurements, allow this unit to warm up for at
least 30 minutes before using it. The displayed value is forced to zero for
inputs that are 0.4% or less of the measurement range. (zero suppress
function) Although this power meter has a frequency measurement
function, proper measurement may not be possible in cases where the input
waveform is clearly distorted.
When using external transformers (PT and CT), the phase difference may
introduce a large error into power measurements. For accurate
measurements, use PTs and CTs with as small a phase difference as
possible.
When the voltage or current on the line being measured exceeds the
measurement range of this power meter, use an external PT and CT, and do
not exceed the maximum allowed input. When using a PT and CT, use the
scaling function and take direct readings.

Notes on Using the Power Meter

Chapter Summary
The contents of each chapter of this Operation Manual are described below.
The portion of this manual from the Introduction to Chapter 1 explains
numerous cautions that must be read before using this power meter.

Chapter 1 Overviews and Names of Parts


This chapter provides an overview of this product and its features, and
describes the names of each part.

Chapter 2 Key Operations and the Initial Screen


This chapter explains the basic use of each key, the initial screen, and the
configuration of the screen in general.

Chapter 3 Before Taking Measurements


This chapter explains the necessary preparations that must be made before
beginning operation, and describes cautions that need to be observed.

Chapter 4 Wiring Methods


This chapter explains how to select and connect the line being measured, and
how to check for incorrect wiring after the connections have been made.

Chapter 5

Normal Measurement
This chapter explains how to measure instantaneous values and
maximum/minimum values for basic measurements such as voltage current
and power, special settings that need to be made for those measurements, how
to save the measured results onto floppy disk, how to print out measured
results, etc.

Chapter 6 Integrated Measurement


In addition to normal measurements such as instantaneous values, this
chapter explains how to measure integrated values such as active and reactive
power, special settings that need to be made for those measurements, how to
save the measured results onto floppy disk, how to print out measured results,
etc.

Chapter 7 Demand Measurements


This chapter explains the demand measurement method in which data is
processed with integrated measurements repeated at any desired time
interval, and special settings that need to be made for those measurements,
how to save the measured results onto floppy disk, how to print out measured
results, etc.

Chapter 8 Setting Mode (Function Setting) Details


This chapter provides an overview of setting methods and also explains
detailed setting methods for test conditions that are common to each mode.

Chapter Summary

xi

Chapter 9 Using the External Control Terminal


This chapter explains how to use external control signals to control the start of
integrated or demand measurement, to control the saving and printing of
measurement data, etc.

Chapter 10 Connecting a Printer


This chapter explains how to connect a printer to the interface connector and
the necessary settings.

Chapter 11 Connecting a Computer


This chapter explains how to connect a computer to the interface connector,
the necessary settings, and a sample program.

Chapter 12 Connecting a Modem


This chapter explains how to connect a modem to the interface connector, the
necessary settings, and a sample program.

Chapter 13 Using the D/A Output (Optional)


This chapter explains how to connect the optional 9594 D/A OUTPUT in order
to obtain analog output, and the necessary settings.

Chapter 14 Using the Floppy Disk Drive (Optional)


This chapter explains how to connect the optional 9595 FDD Unit in order to
use floppy disks, and provides an overview of how to use the unit.

Chapter 15 Harmonic Wave Analysis Software (Optional)


This chapter provides an overview of how to use the optional 9556 Harmonic
Wave Analysis Software in order to measure harmonic waves.

Chapter 16 Operation If Power Is Lost


This chapter describes the operation of the power meter if power is lost while
taking measurements.

Chapter 17 Maintenance and Service


This chapter discusses the maintenance and disposal of this unit.

Chapter 18 Specifications
This chapter describes the specifications for this power meter, including its
general specifications, measurement ranges, and accuracy.

Appendices
The appendices include a list of error messages, a list of commands, screen
configurations, details on how to pack the unit in its portable case, a glossary
of terms, and other information.

Chapter Summary

xii

Chapter Summary

1
2

Chapter 1
Overview and Names of 3
Parts
4
5
1.1 Product Overview
The 3166 CLAMP ON POWER HiTESTER is a clamp-type power meter that
can test any type of line ranging from single-phase lines to three-phase fourwire lines.
In addition to being able to handle basic measurements, such as voltage,
current, power, power factor, integrated values, etc., this power meter is also
capable of demand measurement, which is important for power management,
and harmonic wave measurement (with optional software).
In addition, because the 3166s many interface functions give it the capability
to collect data for extended periods and to automate the measurement process,
this tester is ideal for applications that require the measurement of power at
industrial frequencies, such as power maintenance and management at a
factory.

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A

1.1 Product Overview

1.2 Features
(1) Safe design
The 3166 CLAMP ON POWER HiTESTER features a safe design that
complies with the IEC61010 safety standard.
(2) Capable of measuring power on all types of power lines
This single power meter is capable of measuring power on all types of power
lines, ranging from single-phase two-wire lines to three-phase four-wire lines.
(3) Incorrect wiring detection capability
The wiring checking screen is used to phase rotate, detect the phase, and to
check for reverse connection of the clamp sensors, in order to avoid wiring
mistakes during measurement.
(4) Simultaneous display of all measured values
The voltage, current, active/reactive/apparent power, power factor, and
frequency can all be displayed simultaneously.
(5) Also capable of reactive power meter method measurement
Reactive power can be measured at the users option by either the reactive
power meter method (using a reactive power meter), or by calculating the
actual value on the basis of the voltage, current, and active power.
(6) Power factor delay/advance discrimination display
The power factor and the reactive power display distinguishes between a
phase delay and a phase advance.
(7) Capable of integrated measurement by polarity
Integrated measurements by polarity, such as active power
consumption/regeneration/addition and reactive power delay/advance/overall,
can be displayed simultaneously.
(8) Capable of demand measurement
If the demand measurement method is used, measurement suited for daily
reporting, weekly, reporting, or monthly reporting is possible.
(9) Equipped with RS-232C interface
An RS-232C interface is standard on the 3166. This interface can be used to
connect the 3166 to a printer, a personal computer, a modem, etc., in order to
automate measurement operations.
(10) Selectable display language
The display can be switched between Japanese and English.

1.2 Features

(11) Supports a floppy disk drive


By using the 3166 in combination with the optional floppy disk drive, data can
be collected over extended periods for demand measurement, etc.
(12) Capable of high-speed D/A output
By adding the optional D/A output connector, the 3166 can provide four
channels of high-speed analog output.

1
2
3

(13) Capable of harmonic measurement


By using the optional harmonic analysis software, the 3166 can measure
harmonic on power lines.
(14) Compact and lightweight
The 3166 is compact and lightweight. In addition, if the optional carrying case
is used, the 3166 can be used to take measurements in the field while still in
its case.

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A

1.2 Features

1.3 Names and Functions of Each Part


7

4
5
6

1
8
10
9
11
2

Front Panel

Display
The 3166 is equipped with a 4.7-inch LCD display with backlight. The
language used on the display can be switched between Japanese and English.

Function keys (F1 to F5)


These keys are used to switch the display, select/change settings, etc. (These
keys are represented by the mark mark in the text.)

Wiring key (WIRING)


This setting key is used to select the line to be tested.

Check key (CHECK)


This key is used to check for incorrect wiring, to check the contents of settings,
and to set the key lock.

Voltage range key (U)


This key is used to set the voltage measurement range.

Current range key (I)


This key is used to set the current measurement range.

1.3 Names and Functions of Each Part

Print key (PRINT)


This key is used to manually print the measured values if there is a printer
connected to the interface connector.

Save key (SAVE)


This key is used to manually save measured values and setting conditions on
floppy disk if a floppy disk drive unit is connected to the 3166.

1
2
3

Measurement data reset key (DATA RESET)


This key is used to reset (clear) measurement data for integrated values and
maximum/minimum values.

10

Measurement start/stop key (START/STOP)


This key is used to start/stop integrated and demand measurement.

11

Cursor key
This key is used to select setting items displayed on the screen, and to change
those settings. Pressing on the up, down, left, and right arrow portions of the
cursor key moves the cursor in the corresponding direction
on the screen.

* Keys 3 through 11 above are printed in reverse in this manual (white on black).

7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A

1.3 Names and Functions of Each Part

2
Side Panel

AC power inlet
The power cord connects to this inlet. The 3166 automatically adapts to any
supply voltage ranging from 100 V to 240 V.

Power switch (POWER)


This switch turns the power on and off.

1.3 Names and Functions of Each Part

2
Connector Section

Voltage input connectors (U-INPUT)


Connect the 9438 VOLTAGE CORD provided with this power meter, in
accordance with the line to be tested.

Current input connectors (I-INPUT)


Connect the optional 9291/ 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR in accordance with the
line to be tested, and then lock the connections securely.

D/A output connector (D/A OUT)


Connect the 9441 CONNECTION CABLE (for D/A OUTPUT) provided with
this power meter to this D/A output in order to obtain analog output from the
power meter.

External control connector (REMOTE)


Connect the optional 9440 CONNECTION CABLE (for External Control) to
this connector in order to control the start/stop of integrated or demand
measurement, printing, and the saving of data to floppy disk.

RS-232C interface connector (RS-232C)


This interface connector is used to connect a printer, personal computer or
modem to this power meter.

FDD unit connector (FDD)


Connect the optional 9595 FDD UNIT to this connector in order to save
measurement data or save/load settings.

1.3 Names and Functions of Each Part

1.4 PLL Synchronization


This power meter is capable of accurate measurement because it uses the PLL
synchronization method, in which digital sampling is conducted in
synchronization with the fundamental frequency of the line that is being
measured.
Keep the following points in mind in order to assure the proper use of this
feature.

CAUTION

The fundamental frequency ranges that can be measured are 45 to 66 Hz


and 360 to 440 Hz. Measurement is not possible outside of these ranges.
Frequency-controlled lines, such as the secondary line of an inverter, cannot
be measured.
The displayed value may be unstable due to frequency fluctuations on the
line being measured or due to momentary loss of power.
If PLL synchronization is lost, the 3166 enters the "PLL unlocked" state, and
switches to the fixed clock for measurement. Note that even in this case, the
frequency measurement is displayed in a range from 40 to 500 Hz. The
values obtained during integrated measurement and demand measurement
are measured with the fixed clock in the PLL unlocked state. Once the PLL
synchronization stabilizes and the lock is regained, the power meter recovers
automatically.
* The PLL synchronization is warning displayed during the PLL unlocked.
A measured value may be displayed when the base frequency of the line
being measured is less than 45 Hz, but that measured value is invalid.
If the line being measured is carrying direct current, accurate measurement
is not possible.

1.4 PLL Synchronization

1
2

Chapter 2
Key Operations and the 3
Initial Screen
4
5
This chapter explains the basic key operations needed in order to take
measurements and describes the initial screen.

6
7

2.1 Basic Operations

Basic operations
This power meter is operated by using the three types of keys described below.

9
(1) The cursor key is used to move the cursor in order to select the measurement
mode and to select and change settings. Pressing on the up, down, left, and
right ( ) arrow portions of the cursor key moves the cursor in the
corresponding direction on the screen.

10
11
12
13

Cursor Key

14
A
Example

Selecting a measurement mode

2.1 Basic Operations

10

Press the cursor key and move the cursor on the screen to the desired
measurement mode. When a mode is selected with the cursor, that mode is
highlighted.
Press the EXEC. function key.

Item Selected by the Cursor

(2) The Function keys can be used to directly select one of the options for a
particular setting.

Function Keys

Example

Setting/changing an item in setting mode


Press the cursor key and move the cursor on the screen to the desired
selection.
Change the setting by selecting one of the options displayed in the Function
keys. The available options displayed in the Function keys vary according to
the item that is being set.
For some settings that have a large number of available options, a selection
window will open. In this case, use the cursor key to move the cursor on the
screen to the desired option. When a option is selected with the cursor, that
option is highlighted. The EXEC. function key is used for setting.
A window also opens for error messages, etc.

2.1 Basic Operations

11

1
2
3
4
Function Enter Key

(3) Special keys are used for operations such as selecting the wiring method for
the line being measured, setting the voltage/current range, starting/stopping
measurement, printing manually, and saving data manually.

6
7
8

Special Keys

9
10
11
Example

Changing the wiring method


The wiring method setting changes each time the WIRING key is pressed.

1p2w

1p3w

3p3w

3p3w3i

3p4w

12
13
14

NOTE

When using the 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR (rated AC 100A), operate in the
20A-100A range.

2.1 Basic Operations

12

Example

Changing the voltage range


The voltage range setting changes each time the iUi key is pressed.

Out range

Example

150 V

300 V

600 V

Changing the current range


The current range setting changes each time the iiI i key is pressed.

Out range

20 A

50 A

100 A

200 A

500 A

2.1 Basic Operations

13

2.2 Screen Configuration


This power meter uses a window system for ease of operation. The screen
configuration is basically the same for all modes. Windows open as necessary.
Setting conditions, the current status, and warning messages when errors
occur are also displayed in windows.
For details on the organization of all of the screens, including the links
between them, refer to item 5 in the Appendices.

1
2
3
4

Status line

Window

6
7
8
Screen Display Example

9
10

When using the reactive power meter method


Display hold state
Scaling is set
Automatic output is set
FD auto output, RS-232C automatic output
Key lock state

11
12

PLL unlocked state


Voltage or current is outside of dynamic range
Over-range indication

13
14
A

2.2 Screen Configuration

14

Execute
FD
Next page

Return
Execute

Initial screen

Setup
Return

Function setup
1/2
Previous page

Return
Execute

Execute

Normal
measurement

Integrated
measurement

Instantaneous
values

Screen switching

Execute
Demand
measurement
Item changing

Instantaneous Values
Minimum/maximum
Integration 1/2
Integration 2/2

F1
Minimum/
maximum

Return

Return

Normal measurement setup screen 1/2


Next
page

Normal measurement setup screen 2/2

Wiring diagram

Wiring check

Page changing

11

Return

Check

Previous page

Function
setup 2/2

Check
Integrated measurement setup screen 1/2
Previous page

Next
page
Integrated measurement setup screen 2/2

Check

Wiring diagram
Wiring check

Demand Measurement setup screen 1/2


Previous page

Next
page
Demand measurement setup screen 2/2

Wiring diagram
Wiring check

Instantaneous values
Integrated values
Demand
Daily Report
Weekly Report
Monthly Report
Minimum/maximum, Integration 1/2, Integration 2/2
Minimum/maximum, Demand 1/2, Demand 2/2
Minimum/maximum, Daily Report 1/2, Daily Report 2/2
Minimum/maximum, Weekly Report 1/2, Weekly Report 2/2
11

Minimum/maximum, Monthly Report 1/2, Monthly Report 2/2

Screen Configuration

2.2 Screen Configuration

15

2.3 Initial Screen


There are six modes available on the initial screen.

Initial Screen
(1) "Normal Measurement" mode
This mode is used to take instantaneous measurements of voltage, current, or
power, and to print out the measured values or save them to floppy disk.
(2) "Integrated Measurement" mode
This mode is used to take integrated power measurements.
(3) "Demand Measurement" mode
This mode is used to continuously take integrated power measurements for
each demand time period (a set time interval).
(4) "Harmonic Measurement" mode (Requires the 9556 HARMONIC ANALYSIS
SOFTWARE, available separately.)
This mode is used to perform harmonic analysis on instantaneous
measurements of voltage, current, or power.
(5) "Setting" mode
This mode is used to set measurement conditions that are common to all of
the measurement modes. Note that these settings can be changed on the
setting screen for all of the measurement modes.

2.3 Initial Screen

16

(6) "FD" (Floppy Disk) mode (Requires the 9595 FDD UNIT, available separately.)
This mode is used to load setting conditions and measured values that were
previously saved on floppy disk, to perform file operations, etc.
For details on measurement modes 1 to 4, refer to chapters 5 through 7 and
15, respectively. For details on the "setting" mode, refer to chapter 8. For
details on the "floppy disk" mode, refer to chapter 14.

2.3 Initial Screen

17

1
2

Chapter 3
Before Taking 3
Measurements
4
5
This chapter explains how to connect the voltage cords, the clamp on sensor,
and the power cord, how to turn on the power, and how to execute the selftest.
CAUTION

This product should be installed and operated indoors only, between 0 and 40
and 80% RH or less.

6
7
8

NOTE

Before using the unit, make sure that the sheathing on the 9438, 9291, or
9298 are not damaged and that no bare wire are exposed. If there is damage,
using the unit could cause electric shock. Contact your dealer or HIOKI
representative.

9
10
11
12
13
14
A

18

3.1 Flow Chart of Basic Operating Procedure


A flow chart of the basic operating procedure for this power meter is shown
below.
Connect voltage cords to the power meter

Connect clamp on sensors to the power meter

Connect power cord to the power meter

Turn on power

Confirm results of self-check

3.1 Flow Chart of Basic Operating Procedure

19

3.2 Connecting the Voltage Cords


Use only the 9438 VOLTAGE CORDS provided with the unit for
measurement. The set of 9438 VOLTAGE CORDS provided with this power
meter consists of one black cord, red cord, yellow cord, and blue cord. Connect
the proper number of cords, depending on the type of line being measured.

Voltage input connectors 1 to 3 are common for input connector N, each


input connectors are not insulated.

DANGER

Do not connect the unnecessary number of cords.

CAUTION

For safety reasons, the diameter of the voltage input connectors on the
power meter is designed to be slightly smaller than the metal plugs on the
voltage cords. Although the fit is slightly snug when plugging in these cords,
be certain to insert the plug all of the way.
Although the voltage cords are normally plugged directly into the voltage
input connectors on the power meter, use the voltage cord locks that are
provided if it is necessary to assure that the voltage cords do not come
unplugged accidentally. These cord locks are also designed to fit snugly for
safety reasons.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

(1) Connecting the voltage cords


1. Connect the number of voltage cords that are required in order to measure the
line in question to the voltage input connectors on the power meter. Plug each
voltage cord into its corresponding numbered voltage input connector. Each
connector number is color coded. Be certain to plug each cord all of the way
into its connector.

10
11
12
13
14
A

3.2 Connecting the Voltage Cords

20

Voltage Cord Connections


Line being measured
Single-phase,
two-wire
Single-phase,
three-wire

Three-phase,
three-wire

Three-phase,
four-wire

Input voltage connectors used (color code)

Voltage cord used

N connector (black)

Black cord

No. 1 connector (red)

Red cord

N connector (black)

Black cord

No. 1 connector (red)

Red cord

No. 2 connector (yellow)

Yellow cord

N connector (black)

Black cord

No. 1 connector (red)

Red cord

No. 2 connector (yellow)

Yellow cord

N connector (black)

Black cord

No. 1 connector (red)

Red cord

No. 2 connector (yellow)

Yellow cord

No. 3 connector (blue)

Blue cord

2. When disconnecting a voltage cord, grasp both the voltage cord plug and the
power meter, and pull the plug out.
(2) When using the voltage cord locks
1. Install voltage cord locks for each of the voltage cords required for the type of
line being measured.

3.2 Connecting the Voltage Cords

21

1
9438 VOLTAGE CORD

2
Voltage cord lock

3
4

Voltage Cord Lock Installation


2. Connect the voltage cords to the voltage input connectors on the power meter
in the same manner as described in step 1 n the previous section. Plug each
voltage cord into its corresponding numbered voltage input connector. Each
connector number is color coded. (Be certain to plug each cord all of the way
into its connector until the voltage cord lock locks.)
3. When disconnecting a voltage cord, squeeze the tabs on both sides of the
voltage cord lock to release the lock and then pull out the plug.

NOTE

5
6
7
8

Whenever you are connecting or disconnecting the voltage cords, be certain to


grasp the plug, not the cord.

9
10
11
12
13
14
A

3.2 Connecting the Voltage Cords

22

3.3 Connecting the Clamp on Sensors


Use Hiokis 9291/ 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR with this power meter.
(1) Connect only the number of clamp on sensors needed for the type of line being
measured.
(2) Align the clamp on sensor connector with the connector guide notch on the
current input connector. While pushing the connector in, turn it to the right
to lock it.

Connecting the Clamp on Sensors

Line being measured


Single-phase,
two-wire measurement

Current input connector used (color code)


No. 1 connector (red connector)

Single-phase,
three-wire measurement

No. 1 connector (red connector)

Three-phase, three-wire,
two-current measurement

No. 1 connector (red connector)

No. 2 connector (yellow connector)

No. 2 connector (yellow connector)


No. 1 connector (red connector)

Three-phase, three-wire,
three-current measurement

No. 2 connector (yellow connector)


No. 3 connector (blue connector)
No. 1 connector (red connector)

Three-phase, four-wire
measurement

No. 2 connector (yellow connector)


No. 3 connector (blue connector)

3.3 Connecting the Clamp on Sensors

23

To disconnect the sensor connector, turn it to the left to release the lock and
then pull it out.

Current connector

Disconnect the Sensor Connector

CAUTION

A plastic BNC connector is used for the clamp on sensor connector. When
disconnecting a BNC connector, be sure to release the lock first, then hold
the connector and pull carefully. Using force to pull the connector without
releasing the lock, or pulling on the cable instead of the connector may
damage the connector.
Do not apply current to the clamp on sensor while the clamp on sensor is not
connected to the power meter. Furthermore, do not disconnect the clamp on
sensor from the 3166 while in the process of measuring current.

3.3 Connecting the Clamp on Sensors

24

3.4 Turning On the Power

WARNING

To avoid electric shock and ensure safe operation, connect the power
cable to a grounded (3-contact) outlet.
Before turning the product on, make sure the source voltage matches
that indicated on the products power connector. Connection to an
improper supply voltage may damage the product and present an
electrical hazard.

CAUTION

When the power is turned off, do not apply voltage or current to the voltage
input terminal, clamp on sensor. Doing so may damage the unit.

(1) First, connect the power cord. Use the power cord provided with the power
meter.
1. Turn the power switch that is located on the back of the case to the "OFF"
position.

Turning Off the Power


2. Connect the power cord to the AC power inlet.
The 3166 can handle a supply voltage ranging from 100 V to 240 V (50/60 Hz).

Power Supply Inlet


(2) Next, turn on the power.

3.4 Turning On the Power

25

1. Turn the power switch to the "ON" position.


2. As soon as the power is turned on, the power meter executes a self-test, and
displays the title screen.
The title screen displaysthe product model number, the version number, and
the installed optional units
.
After the self-test is completed, the "Initial" screen is displayed. However, if
the power switch was turned off in one of the measurement modes, the screen
for that measurement mode is displayed.

Self-test Screen
3. Set the display language.
When the power meter is shipped from the factory, "Japanese" is set as the
display language.
To set the display to "English," press the ENGLISH function key.
NOTE

When a system reset is executed, "Japanese" is set as the display language.


Turn on the power with pressing the DATA RESET key, a system reset is
executed.
(Continue pressing the DATA RESET key until beep.)
4. Allow the power meter to warm up for at least 30 minutes.

NOTE

If it is difficult to read the display after turning on the power, press the F1 or
F2 key with pressing the cursor key to adjust the contrast.

3.4 Turning On the Power

26

3.5 Self-test
(1) The 3166 has a backup function that stores settings and measured values
from the last time the unit was used. To begin new measurements, confirm
the settings and then execute a data reset.
(2) If an error is generated during the self-test, perform a system reset, restoring
all of the settings to their initial factory settings. The minimum/maximum
values and integrated measurement values are also initialized to "0".

3.5 Self-test

27

3.6 Attaching the Stand


A stand is included with the 3166 in order to tilt the unit upwards so that it is
easier to view the screen when the unit is to be used on a desktop. Use the
stand when needed.

Using a Stand

Reference

If the 9595 FDD UNIT is to be connected, the stand cannot be used, so remove
the stand before attempting to connect the floppy disk drive.

(1) Attaching the stand


1. Attach the two stand holders to the back of the 3166s case, using the four
screws provided. Make sure that the holders are facing the right way when
you attach them.
2. Compress the stand bracket and slide it into the holes in the stand holders.
3. The stand bracket locks into place at a right angle to the 3166 and is ready for
use.

Stand holder

Attaching the Stand

3.6 Attaching the Stand

28

(2) Removing the stand


1. Compress the stand bracket and slide it out of the holes in the stand holders.
2. Remove the four screws holding the stand holders in place. Be careful not to
accidentally remove any other screws.
3. Store the stand components together in a safe place for future use.

3.6 Attaching the Stand

29

1
2

Chapter 4 3
Wiring Methods
4
5
4.1 Before Measurement
This chapter explains how to wire the power meter to the line being measured,
and how to check for incorrect wiring.

DANGER

CAUTION

This unit cannot be used on voltage lines of 600 Vrms. If the voltage
exceeds 600 VAC, there will be a short-circuit accident or electrocution
accident will result.

Avoid stepping on or pinching the cable, which could damage the cable
insulation.
To prevent damage to the product and sensor, never connect or disconnect
a sensor while the power is on.

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A

4.1 Before Measurement

30

4.2 Cautions Concerning Wiring


When connecting the power meter to a live line, be sure to observe the
following warnings.
DANGER

Clamp sensor should only be connected to the secondary side of a


breaker, so the breaker can prevent an accident if a short circuit occurs.
Connections should never be made to the primary side of a breaker,
because unrestricted current flow could cause a serious accident if a
short circuit occurs.
If the secondary circuit is accidentally opened while power is flowing to
the CT, extremely high voltage will be generated at the connector on the
secondary side, which could damage the insulation and create a highly
dangerous condition. Although this power meter can take
measurements through the clamp on sensors without opening the
secondary side, whenever you are connecting another meter, be certain
to short the secondary side before connecting that meter.
Connect the clamp-on sensors or voltage cords to the product first, and
then to the active lines to be measured. Observe the following to avoid
electric shock and short circuits.
Do not allow the voltage cable clips to touch two wires at the same
time. Never touch the edge of the metal clips.
When the clamp sensor is opened, do not allow the metal part of the
clamp to touch any exposed metal, or to short between
Voltage input connectors 1 to 3 are common for input connector N, each
input connectors are not insulated.
Do not connect the unnecessary number of cords.

WARNING

CAUTION

To avoid electric shock when measuring live lines, wear appropriate


protective gear, such as insulated rubber gloves, boots and a safety
helmet.

In order to prevent electric shock and short-circuit accidents, use the


supplied voltage input cables to connect the line to be measured to the
voltage input terminals.
When the power is turned off, do not apply voltage or current to the voltage
input terminal, clamp on sensor. Doing so may damage the unit.

4.2 Cautions Concerning Wiring

31

4.3 Flow Chart of Basic Operating Procedure

1
2

Select the "Setting" mode on the "Initial" screen

3
Set the frequency of the line being measured

4
Return to the "Initial" screen, and select the target measurement mode

5
Set the wiring that is suited for the line being measured

6
Press the CHECK key so that the "wiring" diagram screen is displayed

Wire the power meter to the line being measured according to the wiring diagram

Press the EXEC. key and check for incorrect wiring

If incorrect wiring is detected, correct it as instructed

Confirm that all wiring has been completed correctly

7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A

4.3 Flow Chart of Basic Operating Procedure

32

4.4 Wiring Settings and Wiring Methods


(1) Measurement mode selection
The following example will assume that "Normal Measurement" is to be
selected.
1. On the initial screen, move the cursor to "Normal Measurement."
The selected item is highlighted.

Item Selected with the Cursor


2. Press the EXEC. function key.
3. The "Measurement Value" screen is displayed.
To return to the initial screen, press the RET. key.
4. Press the WIRING key, and set the wiring that is suited for the line being
measured. The wiring setting display is displayed in alternation, press the
WIRING key every one time.
Wiring Setting Display
Single-phase, two-wire setting

1p2w

Single-phase, three-wire setting

1p3w

Three-phase, three-wire, two-current setting

3p3w

Three-phase, three-wire, three-current setting

3p3w3i

Three-phase, four-wire setting

3p4w

(2) Wiring diagram display and wiring


1. Press the CHECK key.
2. The "Check" window is displayed.

4.4 Wiring Settings and Wiring Methods

33

1
2
3
4
5

Check Window

3. Position the cursor on "Move to Wiring."


4. Press the EXEC. function key.
5. The "Wiring Check" screen is displayed.
The wiring settings and the wiring diagram are displayed on the screen.

6
7
8

1
Red
Black
N
Power
supply

9
Load

10
11
Wiring Diagram Display
(Single-phase, Two-wire)

Wiring Diagram (Single-phase, Two-wire)

12
13
14
A

4.4 Wiring Settings and Wiring Methods

34

1
Red
N
Yellow
2
Power
supply

Wiring Diagram Display


(Single-phase, Three-wire)

Load
Black

Wiring Diagram (Single-phase, Three-wire)

1
Red
2
Yellow
3
Black
Power
supply

Wiring Diagram Display (Three-phase,


Three-wire, Two-current Measurement)

Load

Wiring Diagram (Three-phase,


Three-wire, Two-current Measurement)

4.4 Wiring Settings and Wiring Methods

35

Red

2
Yellow
3
Black
Load

Power
supply

Wiring Diagram Display (Three-phase,


Three-wire, Three-current Measurement)

Wiring Diagram (Three-phase,


Three-wire, Three-current Measurement)

Red
Yellow

2
Blue
3
N
Power
supply

Wiring Diagram Display


(Three-phase, Four-wire)
NOTE

CAUTION

Black
Load

Wiring Diagram (Three-phase, Four-wire)

In order to take accurate measurements, it is essential that the wiring setting


and the actual wiring be correct.
Make the wiring settings before pressing the CHECK key.

Although this power meter can by itself measure lines ranging from singlephase, two-wire lines to three-phase, four-wire lines, the channels are not
independent of each other, so this power meter can not be used as three
single-phase power meters.
When measuring a three-phase line, connect the wiring so that the phase
sequence of the line being measured matches the phase sequence of the
measurement channels of the 3166.

4.4 Wiring Settings and Wiring Methods

36

6. Connect the voltage cords and clamp on sensors to the line being measured as
indicated in the wiring diagram.
Securely clip the voltage cords onto a metallic portion of the electrical wire
from which the voltage can be read.
Clamp the clamp on sensors onto the sheathing of the electrical wire with the
arrow on the clamp pointing towards the load in accordance with the voltage
channel.
Load
Line being measured

Power supply
Arrow

Direction of the Clamp on Sensor

NOTE

With the 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR, the mark " " is used. When clamping,
direct the arrowhead toward the load.
7. After the wiring is completed, perform the incorrect wiring check.
Press the RET. function key to return to the measurement screen.

NOTE

If the CHECK key is pressed while the "Instantaneous Value" screen is


displayed and the display returns to the "Wiring Check" screen, the current
minimum and maximum values is retained, but if the EXEC. function key is
pressed, the data gathered up to that point is cleared.

4.4 Wiring Settings and Wiring Methods

37

4.5 Checking for Incorrect Wiring


CAUTION

NOTE

Execute this function as needed.


Incorrect wiring will not be detected properly on special types of lines, such
as lines carrying power flows or lines that are used both to power machinery
and lighting equipment.
Even if the sampling method is PLL sync, always set the frequency of the
line being measured on the setting screen. (If settings are not made, a
incorrect wiring will not be detected properly.)
Cannot be executed during integrated or demand measurement (including
while the 3166 is in standby), or while there is any measurement data in
memory. Perform a data reset first, and then execute.
During the check for incorrect wiring, the voltage and current ranges are both
set to "fixed" range.
When measuring a three-phase, three-wire, three-current (3p3w3i), the third
channel of clamp on sensor reversed connection will not be detected.
A incorrect wiring may not be detected properly if more than one incorrect
wiring occurs at once; if the voltage and current levels are low; or if the power
factor is close to zero. On the Instantaneous Value screen, check the displayed
value for abnormality.

(1) Operating procedure


1. On the "Wiring Check" screen, press the EXEC. function key.
The "Checking Item" window is displayed and the items are checked in
sequence automatically.
The checking items are automatically selected from among the following,
according to the wiring setting.
Voltage input present or not
Voltage input level imbalance (for settings other than single-phase, twowire)
Discrimination between single-phase, three-wire line and three-phase,
three-wire line (for single-phase, three-wire setting and three-phase, threewire setting)
Phase sequence check (for three-phase settings)
Current input present or not
Clamp on sensor reversed connection
While the checking operation is in progress, the message "Checking" is
displayed on the screen. The results of each check are displayed as "" (no
incorrect wiring found) and "" (incorrect wiring found).

4.5 Checking for Incorrect Wiring

38

2. If the checking operation ends with the results for all of the items being
"", the "End" screen is displayed.

End Screen

3.
4.
5.
6.

Press the END function key.


The check is completed and the "Wiring Check" window is displayed.
Press the YES key.
The display returns to the "Measurement Value" screen.

(2) Operation if incorrect wiring was found


An "" is displayed in the field for the item where the incorrect wiring was
found, and the checking operation stops temporarily. The keys that are
available in order to take action in response are displayed in the function
section.

When Incorrect Wiring Was Found


Pressing the RESTART key in order to start the checking operation from the
beginning.
Pressing the ERROR key to displays a description of the wiring error in the
"Description" window.
Pressing the ITEM key displays the incorrect wiring check items and the
results of the check.
Pressing the LINE FIG key to display the wiring diagram screen.
Pressing the END key causes the "Check" window to be displayed, asking
whether or not to stop the checking operation.

4.5 Checking for Incorrect Wiring

39

1. Press the ERROR key.


2. When the "Description" window is displayed, check the details of the wiring
mistake. To return to the "Checking Item" window, press the ITEM key.

Explanation Window
3. Correct the connection that is in error.
To view the wiring diagram, press the LINE FIG key.
If the ERROR key or the ITEM key is pressed while the wiring diagram screen
is displayed, the display returns to either the "Description" window or the
"Checking Item" window.
4. Press the RESTART key.
Automatic checking begins again from the start of the checking items.
5. If incorrect wiring is found again, repeat steps 1 through 3 until the result for
all checking items is "".
6. Press the END key.
7. The "Check" window is displayed, asking whether or not to halt the wiring
check.
8. Press the YES key,and the display returns to the "Measurement" screen.
(3) Operation in order to halt the wiring checking operation while it is in progress
1. Press the END key.
2. The "Check" window appears, asking whether or not to stop the checking
operation.
3. Press the YES key.
4. The wiring checking operation ends, and the display returns to the
"Measurement" screen.
If the NO key was pressed, the wiring checking operation would continue.

4.5 Checking for Incorrect Wiring

40

4.6 Measuring Ranges


The voltage and current ranges current ranges are set by using special voltage
and range keys. The setting can be set either automatically (auto-range
function) or manually. The display ranges and the valid measurement ranges
(the range over which accuracy is guaranteed) for the measurement ranges are
as shown below.

Range

Auto-range operation
Increases to the next higher range
Decreases to the next lower range
Display range

*Auto-range threshold value

Valid measurement
range

Input voltage

Voltage Ranges

Range

Auto-range operation
Increases to the next
higher range
Decreases to the next lower
range
Display range
Valid measurement
range

*Auto-range threshold value


Input current

Current Ranges

4.6 Measuring Ranges

41

NOTE

Dynamic range overflow


This is displayed if, while a waveform is being input (A/D conversion), the
input goes outside of the range defined by the minimum and maximum values.
If this occurs, change the range settings to accommodate the input. However,
detected minimum/maximum values are displayed and held for all measured
values (even if they exceed 130%f.s. of the range in question) aside from
values outside of the dynamic range.
Display:

Over range
The measured values that are displayed for each voltage, current and power
range can range from 0.4%f.s. to 130%f.s. The "Over range" message is
displayed when the measurement value of the input signal exceeds 130%f.s.
In this event, change the range setting so that it can accommodate the input.
Display:

4.6 Measuring Ranges

42

4.6 Measuring Ranges

43

1
2

Chapter 5
Normal Measurement 3
4
In "Normal Measurement" mode, it is possible to measure instantaneous
values for voltage, current, power, etc., and to measure the minimum and
maximum instantaneous values.
When taking integrated power measurements or demand measurements,
select either "Integrated Measurement" mode or "Demand" mode.
This chapter explains the necessary settings for normal measurement; how to
display instantaneous values, minimum and maximum values, and the time at
which they were generated; how to save data to floppy disk; and how to print
data on the printer.

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A

44

5.1 Capabilities in Normal Measurement Mode


The following measurement display functions and data processing functions
can be used in normal measurement mode.

Display (Refer to section 18.3, "Measurement Items and Calculations"


for details on the items that are displayed.)
(1) Instantaneous value display
(2) Instantaneous value minimum/maximum display (including display of the time
at which the minimum/maximum value was generated)

Data processing
(1) When a printer is connected: Measured values can be printed manually.
(2) When a FDD unit is connected: Measured values can be saved to floppy disk
manually.
(3) When the D/A output connector is installed: Measured values can be converted
from digital to analog signals and output (for analog recording).

External control
(1) When a printer is connected: Measured values can be printed under the
control of external control signals.
(2) When a FDD unit is connected: Measured values can be saved to floppy disk
under the control of external control signals.

5.1 Capabilities in Normal Measurement Mode

45

5.2 Flow Chart of Basic Operating Procedure

1
2

Select "Normal Measurement" from the initial screen

(Refer to section 4.4,


Wire the power meter to the line being measured

Check for incorrect wiring and confirm that there are no


wiring errors

"Wiring Settings and Methods.")


(Refer to section 4.5,

"Checking for Incorrect Wiring.")

5
Return to the "Measurement" screen

6
Check the settings

7
Measure

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A

5.2 Flow Chart of Basic Operating Procedure

46

5.3 Preparations for Measurement

5.3.1 Selecting the Measurement Mode and Checking the Basic


Setting Conditions
(1) Selecting "Normal Measurement Mode"
1. On the initial screen, move the cursor to "Normal Measurement."
2. Press the EXEC. function key.
3. The "Instantaneous Value" screen is displayed. Instantaneous value
measurement begins automatically.

Instantaneous Value Measurement Screen

(2) Wiring the power meter to the line being measured

WARNING

Before wiring the power meter, read chapter 4, "Wiring Methods," very
thoroughly, and then proceed, being careful to avoid electrocution.

The wiring setting and wiring diagram suited for the line being measured are
displayed. Connect the voltage cords and clamp on sensors to the line being
measured as indicated in the wiring diagram.
NOTE

When measuring a three-phase line, match the phase sequence of the lines
that are to be measured with the measuring channel numbers of the power
meter.
(3) Checking for incorrect wiring
Perform incorrect wiring checks as necessary. (Refer to section 4.5, "Checking
for Incorrect Wiring.")

5.3 Preparations for Measurement

47

(4) Checking the basic setting conditions


The basic settings (wiring, voltage range, current range, measurement method,
source, and line frequency) are displayed in the lower right corner of the
measurement screen.
If this settings necessary, the setting can be changed on "Normal
Measurement Settings" screen (page 2/2).

1
2
3
4
5
6

Display of Basic Settings

5.3.2 Confirming Settings


Confirm the setting items that are required for normal measurement mode.
1. Press the CHECK key.

7
8
9

2. The "Check" window is displayed.


3. Position the cursor on "Move to Setup" and then press the EXEC. function key.
4. The "Normal Measurement Settings" screen (page 1/2) is displayed.
The settings for the functions that can be used in normal measurement mode
(print/save items, file names, D/A output items) can be confirmed on this
screen.

10
11
12
13
14

Normal Measurement Setting Screen


(page 1/2)

5.3 Preparations for Measurement

48

5. Press the NEXT function key.


6. The "Normal Measurement Settings" screen (page 2/2) is displayed.
The settings necessary for measurement are displayed and can be confirmed
on this screen.

Normal Measurement Setting Screen


(page 2/2)
7. Pressing the PREVIOUS function key returns the display to the "Normal
Measurement Settings" screen (page 1/2). Pressing the RET. function key
returns the display to the "Measurement" screen.
For details on how to change the settings, refer to section 5.5, "Changing the
Settings."

5.3 Preparations for Measurement

49

5.4 Taking Measurements

5.4.1 Displaying Instantaneous Values


Screen configuration in "Normal Measurement" mode
"Normal Measurement" mode uses two screens:
Instantaneous values
Minimum/maximum values
1. Because INSTANT and MIN./MAX. are displayed in alternation for the function
keys, press the "Instantaneous Value" key.
2. The "Instantaneous Value" screen is displayed. Measurement of
instantaneous values starts immediately.

Instantaneous Value Measurement Screen

3. Press the DATA RESET key.


All saved data on the minimum/maximum instantaneous values, and the
times at which those values were generated, is cleared (deleted), and replaced
with new data. Press this key to clear the previous data.
NOTE

The relationship between the minimum and maximum values is shown in the
following chart. However, if the data reset is not executed, earlier data is also
displayed.

5.4 Taking Measurements

50

Instantaneous values
Maximum value

Maximum value

Minimum value
Minimum value
Change in
instantaneous values
Elapsed time
Present

DATA RESET

Minimum/Maximum Values During Normal Measurement


4. The items that can be measured (in accordance with the wiring setting) are
displayed on the screen.
(1) Holding the display of measured values
1. Press the HOLD function key.
2. The H mark is displayed on the status line, and the display is held. To release
the display, press the HOLD key again.

Display Hold
NOTE

Even if the displayed values are held, the power meter continues to record
measurements internally.
The key lock function can be used when necessary to prevent misoperation. To
activate the key lock condition, press the CHECK key and set "Key Lock" to
ON in the "Check" window. To cancel the key lock condition, press the CHECK
key and set "Key Lock" to OFF.

(2) Leaving "Normal Measurement" mode


1. Press the RET. function key.
2. The "Initial" screen is displayed.

5.4 Taking Measurements

51

5.4.2 Displaying Minimum/Maximum Values


NOTE

On minimum/maximum values
This power meter uses two cycles as one sample and takes measurements by
continuously performing various calculations on the data (without losing the
waveform). This data is displayed intermittently, depending on the display
update rate, as the instantaneous values. In contrast, the minimum and
maximum values are displayed by finding the minimum and maximum values
in all of the sample values that are being continuously measured.
Therefore, even transient input waveforms generated by a power spike, for
example, will be correctly detected.
1. With the "Instantaneous Value" screen displayed, press the MIN./MAX. function
key.
2. The "Minimum/Maximum" screen is displayed.

Minimum/Maximum Screen
3.If the INSTANT function key is pressed, the display returns to the
"Instantaneous Value" screen.

Displaying the time at which minimum and maximum values were


generated
1. With the minimum/maximum screen displayed, press the TIME OCCR function
key.
2. The "Generation Time" window is displayed.

5.4 Taking Measurements

52

Data reset generation date and time


Minimum value generation date and time
Maximum value generation date and time

Minimum/Maximum Value Generation Time Window


3. Position the cursor on the measurement item for which you wish to see the
generation time.
4. The generation time is displayed for the item specified by the cursor.
5. If the CLOSE function key is pressed, the "Generation Time" window closes
and the display returns to the "Minimum/Maximum" screen.

NOTE

"Over range" is defined to mean that the measured value exceeded 130% of
the voltage or current range, and is indicated by "o.r." (exit minimum and
maximum value)
Although the over range indication is made when the measured power exceeds
130% of the rated range, if the voltage and current measurements both exceed
130% of their respective ranges but the power measurement does not, the
measured power value is displayed.

5.4.3 Printing Measured Values on the Printer

1. While the measurement screen is displayed, press the PRINT key.


2. The "measurement values" and "time" that were selected as the print/save
items are printed.
Nothing is selected for the initial setting for the print/save value when the
power meter is shipped from the factory. For details on how to change the
items that are to be printed, refer to section 5.5.1, "Print/Save Items."
NOTE

Different "print/save items" are set for each measurement mode.


Before printing, make sure that the setting for the device connected to the
"RS-232C interface" is "printer," and connect the printer to the power meter.
(Refer to section 8.2.11, "RS-232C Device.")

5.4 Taking Measurements

53

5.4.4 Saving Measured Values on Floppy Disk


1. While the measurement screen is displayed, press the SAVE key.
2. The "time" and the "measurement values" that were selected as the "
print/save items" are saved under a file name that is assigned automatically.
Nothing is selected for the initial setting for the "print/save value" when the
power meter is shipped from the factory. For details on how to change the
items that are to be saved, refer to section 5.5.1, "Print/Save Items" and
section 5.5.2, "File Names."
NOTE

In order to save measurement data to floppy disk, the optional 9595 FDD
UNIT must already be connected to the 3166.

5.4 Taking Measurements

54

5.5 Changing the Settings


The asterisk ("*") is used in this section to indicate initial values (initial
settings when the power meter is shipped from the factory).

To display the normal setting screen, press the CHECK key in the
normal measurement mode, and move the cursor to the "Move to
Setup" on the Check screen, and then press the EXEC. function key.
Items that can be changed when the "Normal Measurement Settings"
screen (page 1/2) is displayed

5.5.1 Print/Save Items


These are used to set the items that are to be printed on the printer or saved
on floppy disk. The settings are shared for both devices; it is not possible to
set items so that they are printed on the printer but not saved on floppy disk.
Setting range: Set for 9 blocks
* All items are "OFF" (selected).
Instantaneous
values

Maximum
values

VoltageU1, U2, U3, Uave


CurrentI1, I2, I3, Iave
PowerP, Q, S, ,
VoltageU1, U2, U3
CurrentI1, I2, I3
PowerP, Q, S, ,

Minimum
values

VoltageU1, U2, U3
CurrentI1, I2, I3
PowerP, Q, S, ,

* Minimum/maximum value data includes the time at which


the minimum/maximum was generated.
(1) Position the cursor on an item that is to be set
1. If the cursor is positioned on "All (ALL)", all items can be changed at one time.
2. If the cursor is positioned on "Voltage (VOLT)" and "Instantaneous values
(INST.)", the settings in the vertical column and horizontal row can be
changed at one time.

Print/Save Item Settings


(2) Press the ON , OFF function keys to set each block

5.5 Changing the Settings

55

Example

Setting only the maximum values for voltage, current, and power for
printing
Position the cursor on "All (ALL)" in order to set all of the settings to "OFF."
Press the OFF function key.
All setting items are now displayed as "OFF."
This is the initial setting.
Position the cursor on "Maximum values (MAX)."
Press the ON function key.
The settings for the voltage, current, and power in the maximum values
column are all displayed as "ON."
If no other items are to be set, press the RET. function key to return to the
measurement screen.

5.5.2 File Names


This sets the file name when measurement data is being saved to floppy disk.
The file name, the date and time at which measurement started, the
measurement data itself, and the date and time at which the measurement
data was saved are all saved on the floppy disk.
Setting range: Up to eight normal-width characters (alphanumerics, katakana)
or four double-width characters (kanji, hiragana, katakana).
* No file name is set when the power meter is shipped from the
factory.

File Name Setting


(1) Setting the file name for the first time
1. Move the cursor to the file name item.
2. Press the CHANGE function key.
3. The "Text Input" window is displayed.
The input cursor is displayed at the first character in the input field, and the
selection cursor is displayed in the normal-width character selection area.
Up to eight normal-width or four double-width characters can be input. Both
types can be used together.
Alphanumerics and katakana can be used for the normal-width characters,
and kanji, hiragana, and katakana can be used for the double-width
characters. JIS level 1 kanji can be used.

5.5 Changing the Settings

56

Input field

Nornal-width selection field

Double-width selection field

Text Input Window

4. Function key operation


key: Writes the selected character to the input field. (Valid only when
the cursor is in the normal-width or double-width character
selection area.)
Once the character is input, the input cursor automatically moves
to the next character.
BS key: Move the input cursor back one character from its current position.
(Normally valid.) This key is used to delete a character that was
input.
CHANGE key: Switches the cursor between the input field, the normalwidth character selection area, and the double-width
character selection area.
ENTER key: Registers the file name that was input as the new file name, and
returns the display to the "Setting" screen.
INPUT

Example

Input "MODELA1" for the file name


Using the cursor key, move the selection cursor to the "M" in the normal-width
character selection area.
Press the INPUT function key. An "M" appears in the input field.
Move the selection cursor to "O" and press the INPUT key.
Move the selection cursor to "D" and press the INPUT key.
Move the selection cursor to "E" and press the INPUT key.
Move the selection cursor to "L" and press the INPUT key.
Move the selection cursor to "A" and press the INPUT key.
Move the selection cursor to "1" and press the INPUT key.
The name "MODELA1" is now displayed in the input field.
Press the ENTER function key. The "Text Input" window closes, and
"MODELA1" is set as the file name and is displayed in the "File Name" field
in the "Normal Measurement Settings" screen (page 1/2).

5.5 Changing the Settings

57

Text Input
(2) Partially changing the file name from "MODELA1" to "MODELA3"
1. Press the CHANGE function key to open the "Text Input" window.
2. Press the CHANGE function key twice to move the selection cursor to the input
field and then position the input cursor in the space after the "1" in
"MODELA1".
3. Press the BS function key, deleting the character "1".
4. Press the CHANGE function key, move the selection cursor to the normal-width
character selection area and position it on the character "3".
5. Press the INPUT function key.
Confirm that the input field has been changed to "MODELA3".
6. Press the ENTER function key.
7. The "Text Input" window closes, and "MODELA3" is set as the file name and
is displayed in the "File Name" field.

(3) Closing the just-opened "Text Input" window without changing the file name
1. Press the ENTER function key.
2. The same file name as before is set and is displayed in the "File Name" field.

NOTE

When performing normal measurement, if any settings other than "D/A


output items," "backlight," "contrast," or "buzzer" are changed but anew file
name is not set, the data is saved under a file name that is generated
automatically.
If no file name is set, a file named "AUTOXXX" is generated automatically
and the setting conditions are saved in that file.
"XXX" represents a number from "000" to "999"; the program uses the smallest
number that is still available.
Up to eight normal-width (alphanumerics and katakana) or four double-width
characters (kanji, hiragana, and katakana) can be used in file names. JIS
level 1 kanji can be used.
Although measurement data that has been saved can be output directly to a
printer.
In order to save measurement data to floppy disk, the optional 9595 FDD
UNIT must be connected to the power meter.

5.5 Changing the Settings

58

5.5.3 D/A Output Items


Four channels of D/A output can be output simultaneously.
The output voltage is DC5 V/f.s.
* ch1:U1, ch2:I1, ch3:P, ch4:
Setting choices: Voltage (U1, U2, U3,Uave), current (I1, I2, I3,Iave), active
power (P), reactive power (Q), apparent power (S), power factor
(),and frequency (f)

D/A Output Item Settings

Example

Setting the frequency (f) for output channel ch2:


Assume that the current settings are the factory settings: ch1:U1, ch2:I1,
ch3:P, ch4:().
Position the cursor at "ch2" for "D/A output items".
Press the CHANGE function key.
The "Output Items" window appears.
Pressing the CLOSE key returns the display to the "Normal Measurement
Settings" screen (page 1/2).
Position the cursor at "f" (frequency).
Press the ENTER function key.
The "Output Items" window closes, and "f" is set and is displayed in the "ch2"
field on the "Normal Measurement Settings" screen (page 1/2).

D/A Output Items Setting Window

NOTE

Regarding the output response, during measurement at 50/60 Hz, the output
is updated every two cycles (50 Hz: approximately 40 ms; 60 Hz:
approximately 34 ms); during measurement at 400Hz, the output is updated
every 16 cycles (approximately 40ms).
When using D/A output, the 9594 D/A OUTPUT (optional) must be installed
in the power meter.

5.5 Changing the Settings

59

5.5.4 Other Items (Common With the Setting Mode)


Items that can be changed when the "Normal Measurement Settings"
screen (page 2/2) is displayed
If the NEXT function key is pressed, the "Normal Measurement Settings"
screen (page 2/2) is displayed
NOTE

Items that are set on the "Normal Measurement Settings"screen (page 2/2) can
be set or changed in the setting mode. For details on how to make these
settings, refer to chapter 8, "Setting Mode (Function Setting) Details."
(1) Reactive power measurement method
(2) Sampling method
(3) PLL sync/frequency source
(4) Frequency of the line being measured
(5) Display averaging times
(6) PT
(7) CT
(8) Backlight
(9) Contrast
(10) Key beep

5.5 Changing the Settings

60

5.6 Printing Out the Settings


Pressing the PRINT key while either page 1 or page 2 of the "Normal
Measurement Settings" screen is displayed causes all of the current power
meter settings to be printed out.
In addition to the items that were set in "Normal Measurement" mode, the
special settings that were set for each measurement mode are also printed out.
This function can also be executed in the same manner from the setting
screens for the setting mode and for each measurement mode.
NOTE

Before printing, be sure to set the printer as the device connected to the RS232C interface, and connect the printer to the power meters RS-232C
connector. (Refer to section 8.2.11, "RS-232C Device.")
If the printer is not set as the device connected to the RS-232C interface,
nothing happens when the PRINT key is pressed.

5.6 Printing Out the Settings

61

5.7 Saving the Settings to Floppy Disk


Pressing the SAVE key while either page 1 or page 2 of the "Normal
Measurement Settings" screen is displayed causes all of the current power
meter settings to be saved to floppy disk.
In addition to the items that were set in "Normal Measurement" mode, the
special settings that were set for each measurement mode are also saved.
This function can also be executed in the same manner from the setting
screens for the setting mode and for each measurement mode.
1. Press the SAVE key.
2. The setting conditions are saved to floppy disk in a file named "SETXXX".
Note that the saved setting conditions are loaded in "FD" mode. (Refer to
section 14.7.2, "Loading Previously Saved Setting Data.")
NOTE

A file named "SETXXX" is generated automatically and the setting conditions


are saved in that file.
"XXX" represents a number from "000" to "999"; the program uses the
smallest number that is still available.
Changing file names as necessary makes it easier to identify the contents
saved in each file. File names can be changed in FD mode.
In order to save measurement data to floppy disk, the optional 9595 FDD
UNIT must be connected to the power meter.

5.7 Saving the Settings to Floppy Disk

62

5.7 Saving the Settings to Floppy Disk

63

1
2

Chapter 6
Integrated Measurement 3
4
In "Integrated Measurement" mode, in addition to being able to measure
instantaneous values for voltage, current, power, etc., and to measure the
minimum and maximum instantaneous values, integrated power
measurements are also possible.
When taking demand measurements, select "Demand" mode.
This chapter explains the necessary settings for integrated measurement, how
to display various measured values, and how to save data to floppy disk or
print it on the printer.

Reference

If "Integrated Measurement" mode is used, the measurements taken in


"Normal Measurement" mode are included as well. It is also possible to
take integrated measurements, adding the measurements to the
integrated values from previous measurements.

5
6
7
8
9
10

6.1 Capabilities in Integrated Measurement Mode


The following measurement display functions and data processing functions
can be used in integrated measurement mode.

Display (Refer to section 18.3, "Measurement Items and Calculations"


for details on the items that are displayed.)
(1) Instantaneous value display

11
12
13

(2) Instantaneous value minimum/maximum display (including display of the time


at which the minimum/maximum value was generated)
(3) Integrated value display
1. Integrated value display screen (page 1/2) (displays power integration
consumption and average value)
2. Integrated value display screen (page 2/2) (displays details about power
integration, such as power consumption/regeneration)

6.1 Capabilities in Integrated Measurement Mode

14
A

64

Data processing
(1) When a printer is connected: Measured values can be printed automatically or
manually.
(2) When a FDD unit is connected: Measured values can be saved to floppy disk
automatically or manually.
(3) When the D/A output connector is installed: Measured values can be converted
from digital to analog signals and output (for analog recording).

External control
(1) Integration can be started/stopped under the control of external control
signals.
(2) Integrated value data can be reset under the control of external control
signals.
(3) When a printer is connected: Measured values can be printed under the
control of external control signals.
(4) When a FDD unit is connected: Measured values can be saved to floppy disk
under the control of external control signals.

6.1 Capabilities in Integrated Measurement Mode

65

6.2 Flow Chart of Basic Operating Procedure

1
2

Select "Integrated Measurement" from the initial screen

Wire the power meter to the line being measured

(Refer to section 4.4,

"Wiring Settings and Methods.")


Check for incorrect wiring and confirm that there are no

(Refer to section 4.5,

wiring errors

"Checking for Incorrect Wiring.")

4
5

Return to the "Instantaneous Value" screen

6
Check the settings

7
Make special settings needed for integrated measurement,
such as integration start/stop and the integration time

Return to the "Instantaneous Value" screen

9
Press the START/STOP key to start integrated
measurement

10
11
12
13
14
A

6.2 Flow Chart of Basic Operating Procedure

66

6.3 Preparations for Measurement

6.3.1 Selecting the Measurement Mode and Checking the Basic


Setting Conditions
(1) Selecting "Integrated Measurement Mode"
1. On the initial screen, move the cursor to "Integrated Measurement."
2. Press the EXEC. function key.
3. The "Instantaneous Value" screen is displayed. Instantaneous value
measurement begins automatically.

Instantaneous Value Measurement Screen

Integrated measurement has not started yet.

NOTE

(2) Wiring the power meter to the line being measured

WARNING

Before wiring the power meter, read chapter 4, "Wiring Methods," very
thoroughly, and then proceed, being careful to avoid electrocution.

The wiring setting and wiring diagram suited for the line being measured are
displayed. Connect the voltage cords and clamp on sensors to the line being
measured as indicated in the wiring diagram.
NOTE

When measuring a three-phase line, match the phase sequence of the lines
that are to be measured with the measuring channel numbers of the power
meter.

6.3 Preparations for Measurement

67

(3) Checking for incorrect wiring


Perform incorrect wiring checks as necessary. (Refer to section 4.5, "Checking
for Incorrect Wiring.")
NOTE

A incorrect wiring may not be detected properly if more than one incorrect
wiring occurs at once; if the voltage and current levels are low; or if the power
factor is close to zero.
(4) Checking the basic setting conditions
The basic settings (wiring, voltage range, current range, measurement method,
source, and line frequency) are displayed in the lower right corner of the
measurement screen.
If this setting necessary, the setting can be changed on the "Integrated
Measurement Settings" screen (page 2/2).

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Display of Basic Settings

6.3.2 Special Settings for Integrated Measurement


Before starting the measurement process, open the integrated measurement
setting screen and make settings for the start/stop of integration, the
integration time, measurement data processing, etc.
For details on the setting methods, refer to section 6.5, "Changing Settings."

9
10
11
12

(1) Opening the integrated measurement settings screen


1. Press the CHECK key.
2. The "Check" screen is displayed.

13

3. Position the cursor on "Move to Setup" and then press the EXEC. function key.
4. The " Integrated Measurement Settings" screen (page 1/2) is displayed.

14
A

6.3 Preparations for Measurement

68

Integrated Measurement Settings Screen


page 1/2

(2) Necessary settings for integrated measurement


1. Integration start method
2. Start time
3. Integration stop method
4. Stop time
(3) Setting the functions that can be used
1. Output interval time
2. Print/Save items
3. FD auto output
4. File name
5. RS-232C automatic output
6. D/A output Items
7. Integrated output rate

(4) Basic settings screen


1. Press the NEXT function key.
2. The "Integrated Measurement Settings" screen (page 2/2) is displayed. The
basic settings required for measurement are displayed on this screen, and can
be set and checked on this screen as well.
Note that the settings on this screen are common to both "Normal
Measurement" mode and "Demand Measurement" mode.
3. Pressing the PREVIOUS function key returns the display to the "Integrated
Measurement Settings" screen (page 1/2). Pressing the RET. function key
returns the display to the "Measurement" screen.

6.3 Preparations for Measurement

69

Integrated Measurement Settings Screen


page 2/2

Preparations for measurement are now complete.


NOTE

The settings cannot be changed during measurement (including while the


3166 is in the standby state), while there is measurement data in memory, or
while measured values are being held. After measurement has been
completed, however, the print/save items (only) can be changed. In this case,
additional integration is not longer possible.

6.3 Preparations for Measurement

70

6.4 Taking Measurements

6.4.1 Clearing Measurement Data and Setting the Range


(1) Clearing measurement data
Before beginning integrated measurement, press the DATA RESET key to clear
the integrated value and minimum/maximum values for the measurement
data from the last measurement operation.
If the measurement data is not cleared, the data from the current measurement
will be added to that from the previous measurement.

DATA RESET key

Executing a DATA RESET

NOTE

The measurement data stored in memory at the moment that the DATA RESET
key is pressed is cleared to zero. However, detection of the integrated value
and minimum/maximum values does not occur until the integration operation
is started.
(2) Setting the range
The measurement range is fixed while the integration operation is in progress.
Set a suitable voltage/current range (fixed range) before starting integrated
measurement.

NOTE

When "Auto" is set for the measurement range:


The measurement range is fixed at the moment that the START/STOP key is
pressed. Note that correct measurement is impossible if there is any input
that is outside of the fixed range that was set. Once the integration operation
is completed, the measurement range setting does not return to "Auto range."
If a minimum or maximum value is generated while the power meter is in
standby before the start of integrated measurement but after the data has
been cleared, that value is not retained.

6.4 Taking Measurements

71

6.4.2 Starting Integrated Measurement


The start of integration operation for each start method setting is described
below.
(1) When integration start is set to "Manual"
1. Press the DATA RESET key to clear all of the measurement data (unless
performing additional integration).
2. Once the START/STOP key is pressed, the integration operation begins
immediately.
While the integration operation is under way, the message "Integration in
progress" is displayed in the upper left corner of the screen.
In addition, the integration start and stop times, etc., are displayed at the
bottom of the integrated value screen.

Integration in Progress Screen


(2) When integration start is set to "Automatic"
1. Press the DATA RESET key to clear all of the measurement data.
2. Press the START/STOP key.
The power meter enters the standby state until the preset start time arrives;
once the start time arrives, the power meter begins the integration operation.

Reference

If the preset start time has already passed, the integration operation does not
begin.
While the power meter is in standby, the message "Waiting" is displayed on
the screen; once the integration operation starts, the message changes to
"Integrating."

Standby Screen

6.4 Taking Measurements

72

NOTE

Once the START/STOP key is pressed, it is no longer possible to change the


measurement range or the contents of the settings, or to reset the data.
To change the settings, it is necessary to first press the START/STOP key again
to stop the integration operation.
The key lock function can be used when necessary to prevent misoperation. To
activate the key lock condition, press the CHECK key and set "Key Lock" to
ON in the "Check" window. To cancel the key lock condition, press the CHECK
key and set "Key Lock" to OFF.

6.4.3 Stopping Integrated Measurement


The end of integration operation for each stop method setting is described
below.
(1) When integration stop is set to "Manual"
The integration operation stops as soon as the START/STOP key is pressed.
(2) When integration stop is set to "Timer"
The integration operation stops automatically after the period of time set as
the integration time.
(3) When integration stop is set to "Time specification"
The integration operation stops automatically at the date and time specified as
the stop time.
(4) When forcibly stopping while in integration standby or while integration is in
progress
The integration operation stops as soon as the START/STOP key is pressed.
The integration operation is forcibly stopped, regardless of whether integration
stop is set to "time specification" or "timer."
NOTE

When using the key lock function, cancel the key lock function and then stop
integration either manually or forcibly.
To display the instantaneous value, maximum/minimum value, or integrated
value measurement data, press the SCR.KEY function key, and then select the
desired screen from the "Display Selection" window.
Integration data is retained as long as the DATA RESET key is not pressed.
Additional integration is possible when "Manual" is set for the integration
start method and "Manual" or "Timer" is set for the integration stop method.
As long as the integration operation is not stopped, it is not possible to enter
other modes, such as"Normal Measurement or Demand Measurement."

6.4 Taking Measurements

73

6.4.4 Displaying Instantaneous Values


Screen configuration in "Integrated Measurement" mode
"Normal Measurement" mode uses four screens:
Instantaneous values
Minimum/maximum values
Integration 1/2 (basic)
Integration 2/2 (detailed)
(1) In integrated measurement mode
1. Press the SCR.KEY function key.
2. The "Display Selection" window is displayed.
3. Position the cursor at "Instantaneous value (INSTANT)."
4. Press the DETERM function key.
5. The "Instantaneous Value" screen is displayed. Measurement of
instantaneous values starts automatically.

Instantaneous Value Measurement Screen


(2) Holding the display of measured values
1. Press the HOLD function key.

NOTE

2. The H mark is displayed on the status line, and the display is held. To release
the display, press the HOLD key again.
Even if the displayed values are held, the power meter continues to record
measurements internally.
(3) Leaving "Integrated Measurement" mode
1. Press the DATA RESET key. (The measurement data is cleared.)
2. Press the RET. function key.

NOTE

3. The "Initial" screen is displayed.


If the RET. key is pressed while integrated measurement is in progress or after
integrated measurement is complete, a message is displayed, and the display
does not return to the Initial Screen. Terminate integrated measurement and
press the DATA RESET key before pressing the RET. key. The message
disappears when any of these keys is pressed.

6.4 Taking Measurements

74

6.4.5 Displaying Minimum/Maximum Values


NOTE

Note on minimum/maximum values


This power meter uses two cycles (when measuring at 50/60 Hz; 16 cycles
when measuring at 400 Hz) as one sample and takes measurements by
continuously performing various calculations on the data (without losing the
waveform). This data is displayed intermittently, depending on the display
update rate, as the instantaneous values. In contrast, the minimum and
maximum values are displayed by finding the minimum and maximum values
in all of the sample values that are being continuously measured.
Therefore, even transient input waveforms generated by a power spike, for
example, will be correctly detected.
1. With the "Instantaneous Value" screen displayed, press the SCR.KEY function
key.
2. The "Display Selection" window appears.

Display Selection Window


3. Position the cursor at "Minimum/Maximum (MIN./MAX.)."
4. Press the DETERM function key.
5 .The "Minimum/Maximum" screen is displayed.

Minimum/Maximum Screen

6.4 Taking Measurements

75

Displaying the time at which minimum and maximum values were


generated
1. With the "Minimum/Maximum" screen displayed, press the TIME OCCR function
key.
2. The "Generation Time" window is displayed.
3. Position the cursor on the measurement item for which you wish to see the
generation time.

Data reset generation date and time


Minimum value generation date and time
Maximum value generation date and time

Minimum/Maximum Value Generation Time Window


4. The generation time is displayed for the item specified by the cursor.
5. If the CLOSE function key is pressed, the "Generation Time" window closes
and the display returns to the "Minimum/Maximum"screen.

NOTE

About "Over range"


"Over range" is defined to mean that the measured value exceeded 130% of
the voltage or current range, and is indicated by "o.r." (except minimum and
maximum values)
Although the over range indication is made when the measured power exceeds
130% of the rated range, if the voltage and current measurements both exceed
130% of their respective ranges but the power measurement does not, the
measured power value is displayed.

6.4.6 Displaying Integrated Values


There are two integrated value display screens.
"Integration" screen page 1/2 displays measured values concerning power
consumption.
"Integration" screen page 2/2 displays measured values concerning power
flows, such as consumption/regeneration.
(1) Displaying the "Integration" screen (page 1/2)
1. Press the SCR.KEY function key.
2. The "Display Selection" window appears.
3. Position the cursor at "Integration 1/2 (INTEG.1/2)."

6.4 Taking Measurements

76

4. Press the DETERM function key.


5. The "Integration" screen (page 1/2) is displayed.

Average value
within a time period

Active power integration


(during consumption)

Integration time

Integration Screen (page 1/2)

(2) Displaying the "Integration" screen (page 2/2)


1. Press the SCR.KEY function key.
2. The "Display Selection" window appears.
3. Position the cursor at "Integration 2/2 (INTEG.2/2)."
4. Press the DETERM function key.
5. The "Integration" screen (page 2/2) is displayed.

Active power integration


(consumption,
regeneration,
addition)

Apparent power integration


(consumption,
regeneration,
addition)

Reactive power integration

Integration Screen (page 2/2)


(When not using the reactive power meter method)

6.4 Taking Measurements

77

Active power integration


(consumption,
regeneration,
addition)

Reactive power
Integration
(lag,lead,total)

Apparent power integration

Integration Screen (page 2/2)


(When using the reactive power meter method)
If the RET. function key is pressed after the data has been cleared, a "Initial"
screen is displayed.
The relationship between minimum/maximum values and the average value is
shown in the figure. In the case of interval output, the average value is
obtained from values from the integration start to the interval output. The
minimum and maximum values are also obtained from values from the
integration start to the interval output. However, if a data reset was not
performed before the start of integration, the displayed data will include the
data from the previous integration operation.

NOTE

Instantaneous value
Integration time

Maximum value
Change in instantaneous
value
Average value over time
Minimum value

Elapsed time
Integration start

Integration stop

Display Values for Integrated Measurement

Reference

The procedures for printing the measured values on a printer or for saving
them on floppy disk are the same as in "Normal Measurement" mode. Refer
to section 5.4.3, "Printing Measured Values on the Printer," and section 5.4.4,
"Saving Measured Values on Floppy Disk."

6.4 Taking Measurements

78

6.5 Changing Settings


The asterisk ("*") is used in this section to indicate initial values (initial
settings when the power meter is shipped from the factory).

To display the integrated measurement setting screen, press the


CHECK key in the integration mode, and move the cursor to the
"Move to Setup" on the Check screen, and then press the EXEC.
function key.
Items that can be changed when the "Integrated Measurement
Settings" screen (page 1/2) is displayed

6.5.1 Integration Start Method


This item sets the integrated measurement start method.
If "MANUAL" is selected, integration is started by using the START/STOP key
or in response to external control signal input. If "SETTIME" is selected,
integration can be started at any specified date and time.
Options: MANUAL/SETTIME
* MANUAL

Integration Start Method Setting

Example

Starting integration by time specification


Position the cursor at "Integration Start method (INTEG.START)."
Press the SETTIME function key.
"SETTIME" is set and is displayed in the "Integration start method" field.
If integration is to be started manually, press the MANUAL function key.

6.5.2 Start Time


This item sets the starting date and time for integration when "SETTIME" is
set for the integrated measurement start method.
Setting format: YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM (24-hour time)
* 1997/01/01 00:00
NOTE

The setting range extends to 2079/12/31 23:57.


If a time in the past is specified, integrated measurement operation does not
begin.
When "MANUAL" is set for the integrated measurement start method, the
start time is not displayed.

6.5 Changing Settings

79

Example

Setting the start time to January 7, 1997, 8:30 a.m.


Assume that the current setting is the factory setting, "1997/01/01 00:00".
Position the cursor at "Start time (START TIME)." The cursor will appear at
the first digit in the "year" field.
Position the cursor at the ones digit in the "day" field.
Using the and "function keys, set the digit to "7".
Position the cursor at the ones digit in the "hours" field.
Using the and function keys, set the digit to "8".
Position the cursor at the tens digit in the "minutes" field.
Using the and function keys, set the digit to "30".
The start time is now set to "1997/01/07 08:30".
Before the start of integration, confirm that the time displayed in the upper
right corner of the setting screen is the actual time. If the time is incorrect,
correct the power meters clock setting.

Start Time Setting

6.5.3 Integration Stop Method


This item sets the integrated measurement stop method.
If "MANUAL" is selected, integration is stopped by using the START/STOP key
or in response to external control signal input. If "SETTIME" is selected,
integration can be stopped at any specified date and time.
If "TIMER" is selected, integrated measurement stops once the specified
integration time has elapsed since the start of measurement.
Options: SETTIME/TIMER/MANUAL
*MANUAL

Integration Stop Method

Example

Stopping integration with the timer


Position the cursor at "Integration stop method(INTEG.STOP)."
Press the TIMER function key.
"Timer" is set and is displayed in the "Integration stop method" field.
If integration is to be stopped at a specified time, press the SETTIME function
key.
If integration is to be stopped manually, press the MANUAL function key.

6.5 Changing Settings

80

6.5.4 Stop Time


This item sets the stopping date and time for integration when "SET -TIME" is
set for the integrated measurement stop method.
Note that if the integrated measurement stop method is set to "TIMER" this
item changes to the integration time.
Note that if the setting for the integrated measurement stop method is
"MANUAL" this item has no effect.
Setting format
YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM (24-hour time)
* 1997/01/01 00:02
Stop Time Setting

Integration Time Setting

NOTE

Timer setting range


"0000hours, 00minutes, 10seconds" to
"1000hours, 00minutes, 00seconds"
(in 10-second steps)
* 0000 hours, 01 minutes,00 seconds

The setting range extends to 2079/12/31 23:59.


A time that is earlier than the integrated measurement start time cannot be
set.
Details on the specific method for setting can also be executed in the same
manner for "Start Time."

6.5.5 Output Interval Time


The measurement data can be printed out or saved to floppy disk at the set
output interval.
This interval is valid only when the FD auto output setting or the RS-232C
auto output setting is "ON."
Setting range
2minutes to 1000hours
* 0000hours and 30minutes
Output Interval Time Setting
Details on the specific method for setting can also be executed in the same
manner for "Start Time."

6.5 Changing Settings

81

6.5.6 Print/Save Items


These are used to set the items that are to be printed on the printer or saved
on floppy disk. The settings are shared for both devices; it is not possible to
set items so that they are printed on the printer but not saved on floppy disk.
Setting range: Set for 11 blocks
* Only the item of power integration is "ON."
VoltageU1, U2, U3, Uave
Instantaneous
values

CurrentI1, I2, I3, Iave


PowerP, Q, S, ,
VoltageU1, U2, U3

Maximum
values

CurrentI1, I2, I3

VoltageU1, U2, U3
Minimum
values

PowerP, Q, S, ,

CurrentI1, I2, I3
PowerP, Q, S, ,

* Minimum/maximum value data includes the time at which the


minimum/maximum was generated.
Active power
WP, WP, WP
Power
integration

Reactive power
WQ, WQ, WQ
Apparent power
WS, WS, WS

Average value
within a time PowerP, Q, S,
period

To output the minimum/maximum values,


power integration, average value within a
time period for output interval time, use
the demand measurement mode.

Average value within a time:


Integrated average values within a time
period, based on the power integration.

Display Selection Window


NOTE

For details on the specific method for setting the print/save items, refer to
section 5.5.1, "Print/Save Items."
The items set here are output in both manual operation or automatic
operation.
The items that are output differ, depending on whether the power integration
is measured using the reactive power meter method or not.
If the cursor is positioned on "All", all items excluding power integration and
average value within a time period can be changed at one time.

6.5 Changing Settings

82

6.5.7 FD Auto Output


Select "ON" in order to save measurement data to floppy disk automatically.
The time interval at which the data is automatically saved is the time set for
the "Output interval."
Options: ON/OFF
* OFF

FD Auto Output Setting

Example

With an FDD UNIT connected, automatically saving measurement data on


a floppy disk
Position the cursor at "FD auto output(FD AUTO SAVE)."
Press the ON function key.
"ON" is displayed and set in the "FD auto output" field.

NOTE

When set to "ON", the optional 9595 FDD Unit must already be connected to
the 3166.
If additional integration is performed when this setting is "YES", all data is
saved to the same file.

6.5 Changing Settings

83

6.5.8 File Names


This sets the file name when measurement data is being saved to floppy disk.
The file name, the date and time at which measurement started, the
measurement data itself, and the date and time at which the measurement
data was saved are all saved on the floppy disk.
Setting range: Up to eight normal-width characters (alphanumerics, katakana)
or four double-width characters (kanji, hiragana, katakana).
* No file name is set when the power meter is shipped from the
factory.

File Name Setting


NOTE

For details on the specific method for setting the file name, refer to section
5.5.2, "File Names."

6.5.9 RS-232C Automatic Output


Select "ON" in order to print out measurement data automatically. The time
interval at which the data is automatically printed is the time set for the
"Output interval time."
Options: ON/OFF
* OFF

Example

With a printer connected, automatically printing measurement data


Position the cursor at "RS-232C auto output (RS-232C AUTO OUT)."
Press the ON function key.
"ON" is displayed and set in the "RS-232C auto output" field.

NOTE

When set to "ON", the printer must already be connected to the 3166. In
addition, the setting for the device connected to the "RS-232C interface" must
be "PRINTER" (refer to section 8.2.11, "RS-232C Device.")

6.5 Changing Settings

84

6.5.10 D/A Output Items


Four channels of D/A output can be output simultaneously.
The output voltage is DC5 V/f.s.
* ch1:U1, ch2:I1, ch3:P, ch4:
Setting choices: Voltage (U1, U2, U3, Uave), current (I1, I2, I3, Iave), active
power (P), reactive power (Q), apparent power (S), power
factor (), frequency (f), and active power integration (+WP,
-WP, WP)

D/A Output Item Settings

NOTE

For details on the specific method for setting the D/A output items, refer to
section 5.5.3, "D/A Output Items."
When using D/A output, the 9594 D/A OUTPUT (optional) must be installed
in the power meter.
The output response depends on the display update rate.
If fast response is required, use "Normal Measurement" mode.

6.5.11 Integrated Output Rate


This item sets the output rate when using D/A output of integrated values
(active power integration).
Output is generated by 5 V DC versus the full scale for the power
integration that was set.
Options: 5 V/5 kW, 5 V/10 kW, 5 V/50 kW, 5 V/100 kW, 5 V/500 kW,
5 V/1 MW
* 5 V/5 kW

Integrated Output Rate Setting

6.5 Changing Settings

85

Example

Setting the output rate to 5 V/50 kWh


Position the cursor at "Integrated output rate (INTEG. OUT RATE)."
Press the CHANGE function key.
The "Integrated Output Rate" window is displayed.
If the CLOSE key is pressed, the display returns to the "Integrated
Measurement Settings" screen (page 1/2).
Position the cursor at "5 V/50 kW".
Press the SET function key.
The "Integrated Output Rate" window closes, and "5 V/50 kWh" is set and is
displayed in the integrated output rate field on the "Integrated Measurement
Settings" screen (page 1/2).

NOTE

Select a suitable integration output rate based on expected power levels. In


order to see changes in detail, a small full-scale value should be selected.
If the power level increases uniformly, once it reaches the full-scale setting
the output voltage returns 0 V once and then increases again. (The level is
recorded as a sawtooth wave.)

Integrated power

* When active power is 5 kW with a uniform increase

Elapsed time
Integration start

Integrated Output Waveform Example

6.5 Changing Settings

86

6.5.12 Other Items (Common With the Setting Mode)


Items that can be changed when the "Integrated Measurement
Settings" screen (page 2/2) is displayed
If the NEXT function key is pressed, the "Integrated Measurement Settings"
screen (page 2/2) is displayed
NOTE

Items that are set on the "Integrated Measurement Settings" screen (page 2/2)
can be set or changed in the "Setting" mode. For details on how to make these
settings, refer to chapter 8, "Setting Mode (Function Setting) Details."
(1) Reactive power measurement method
(2) Sampling method
(3) PLL sync/frequency source
(4) Frequency of the line being measured
(5) Display averaging times
(6) PT
(7) CT
(8) Backlight
(9) Contrast
(10) Key beep

6.5 Changing Settings

87

6.6 Printing Out the Settings


Pressing the PRINT key while either page 1 or page 2 of the "Integrated
Measurement Settings" screen is displayed causes all of the current power
meter settings to be printed out.
In addition to the items that were set in "Integrated Measurement" mode, the
special settings that were set for each measurement mode are also printed out.
This function can also be executed in the same manner from the setting
screens for each measurement mode.
NOTE

Before printing, be sure to set the printer as the device connected to the RS232C interface, and connect the printer to the power meters RS-232C
connector. (Refer to section 8.2.11, "RS-232C Device.")
If the printer is not set as the device connected to the RS-232C interface,
nothing happens when the PRINT key is pressed.

6.6 Printing Out the Settings

88

6.7 Saving the Settings to Floppy Disk


Pressing the SAVE key while either page 1 or page 2 of the "Integrated
Measurement Settings" screen is displayed causes all of the current power
meter settings to be saved to floppy disk.
In addition to the items that were set in "Integrated Measurement" mode, the
special settings that were set for each measurement mode are also saved.
This function can also be executed in the same manner from the setting
screens for each measurement mode.
NOTE

For details on saving the settings, refer to section 5.7, "Saving the Settings to
Floppy Disk."
Note that the saved setting conditions are loaded in "FD" mode. (Refer to
section 14.6.1, "Loading Previously Saved Setting Data.")

6.7 Saving the Settings to Floppy Disk

89

1
2

Chapter 7
Demand Measurement 3
4
In "Demand Measurement" mode, in addition to being able to take the same
measurements as are available in "Integrated Measurement" mode, it is also
possible to perform demand measurements in which integrated measurements
are repeated at a time interval that is ideal for power management.
This chapter explains the necessary settings for demand measurement, how to
display various measured values, and how to save data to floppy disk or print
it on the printer.

Reference

When using "Demand Measurement" mode, the "Normal Measurement" and


"Integrated Measurement" mode measurements are also included.

5
6
7
8
9

7.1 Capabilities in Demand Measurement Mode


The following measurement display functions and data processing functions
can be used in Demand Measurement mode.

Display (Refer to section 18.3, "Measurement Items and Calculations"


for details on the items that are displayed.)
(1) Instantaneous value display

10
11
12

(2) Integrated value display


1. Integrated value display screen (page 1/2) (displays power integration
consumption average value, and maximum demand value)
2. Integrated value display screen (page 2/2) (displays details about power
integration, such as power consumption/regeneration)
3. Instantaneous Value Minimum/Maximum screen (values during the
integration period)

7.1 Capabilities in Demand Measurement Mode

13
14
A

90

(3) Demand Display (displays demand results from the previous demand period
during the current measurement operation)
1. Demand screen (page 1/2) (displays power integration [consumption], and
average value)
2. Demand screen (page 2/2) (displays details about power integration, such as
power consumption/regeneration)
3. Instantaneous Value Minimum/Maximum screen (values during the demand
period)
(4) Daily Report Display (displays demand results for a one-day (24-hour) period
since the start of demand measurement)
1. Daily Report screen (page 1/2) (displays power integration [consumption],
average value, maximum demand value, and load factor)
2. Daily report screen (page 2/2) (displays details about power integration, such
as power consumption/regeneration)
3. Instantaneous Value Minimum/Maximum screen (values during the daily
report period)
(5) Weekly Report Display (displays demand results for a one-week (seven-day)
period since the start of demand measurement)
1. Weekly Report screen (page 1/2) (displays power integration [consumption],
average value, maximum demand value, and load factor)
2. Weekly report screen (page 2/2) (displays details about power integration, such
as power consumption/regeneration)
3. Instantaneous Value Minimum/Maximum screen (values during the weekly
report period)
(6) Monthly Report Display (displays demand results for a one-month period
(ending on the same numbered day of the next month) since the start of
demand measurement)
1. Monthly Report screen (page 1/2) (displays power integration [consumption],
average value, maximum demand value, and load factor)
2. Monthly report screen (page 2/2) (displays details about power integration,
such as power consumption/regeneration)
3. Instantaneous Value Maximum/Minimum screen (values during the monthly
report period)

NOTE

The measured values for items 3 through 6 above show the measured results
for the interval period to the current measurement interval.

7.1 Capabilities in Demand Measurement Mode

91

Data processing

(1) When a printer is connected: Measured values can be printed automatically or


manually.
(2) When an FDD unit is connected: Measured values can be saved to floppy disk
automatically or manually.
(3) When the D/A output connector is installed: Measured values can be converted
from digital to analog signals and output (for analog recording).

Remote control
(1) Integration can be started under the control of remote control signals.
(2) When a printer is connected: Measured values can be printed under the
control of remote control signals.

2
3
4
5

(3) When an FDD unit is connected: Measured values can be saved to floppy disk
under the control of remote control signals.

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A

7.1 Capabilities in Demand Measurement Mode

92

7.2 Flow Chart of Basic Operating Procedure


The basic operating methods are the same as for "Integrated Measurement"
mode.
Select "Demand Measurement" from the initial screen

Wire the power meter to the line being measured

(Refer to section 4.4,


"Wiring Settings and Methods.")

Check for incorrect wiring and confirm that there are no

(Refer to section 4.5,

wiring errors

"Checking for Incorrect Wiring.")

Return to the "Instantaneous Value" screen

Check the settings

Make special settings needed for integrated measurement,


such as integration start/stop and the integration time

Return to the "Instantaneous Value" screen

Press the START/STOP key to start integrated


measurement

7.2 Flow Chart of Basic Operating Procedure

93

7.3 Preparations for Measurement

1
2

7.3.1 Selecting the Measurement Mode and Checking the Basic

Setting Conditions
(1) Selecting "Demand Measurement" mode

1. On the initial screen, move the cursor to "Demand Measurement."


2. Press the EXEC. function key.
3. The "Instantaneous Value" screen is displayed. Instantaneous value
measurement begins automatically.

5
6
7
8
9

Instantaneous Value Measurement Screen

Demand measurement has not started yet.

NOTE

(2) Wiring the power meter to the line to be measured

10
11
12

WARNING

Before wiring the power meter, read chapter 4, "Wiring Methods," very
thoroughly, and then proceed, being careful to avoid electrocution.
The wiring setting and wiring diagram suited for the line being measured are
displayed. Connect the voltage cords and clamp on sensors to the line being
measured as indicated in the wiring diagram.

NOTE

When measuring a three-phase line, match the phase sequence of the lines
that are to be measured with the measuring channel numbers of the power
meter.

7.3 Preparations for Measurement

13
14
A

94

(3) Checking for incorrect wiring


Perform incorrect wiring checks as necessary. (Refer to section 4.5, "Checking
for Incorrect Wiring.")
NOTE

A incorrect wiring may not be detected properly if more than one incorrect
wiring occurs at once; if the voltage and current levels are low; or if the power
factor is close to zero.
(4) Checking the basic setting conditions
The basic settings (wiring, voltage range, current range, measurement method,
source, and line frequency) are displayed in the lower right corner of the
measurement screen.
If this setting necessary, the settings screen. Change the setting on the
"Demand Measurement Settings" screen (page 2/2).

Display of Basic Settings

7.3.2 Special Settings for Demand Measurement


Before starting the measurement process, open the demand measurement
setting screen and make settings for the start/stop of demand measurement,
the demand time, measurement data processing, etc.
For details on the setting methods, refer to section 7.5, "Changing Settings."
(1) Opening the demand measurement settings screen
1. Press the CHECK key.
2. The "Check" window is displayed.
3. Position the cursor on "Move to Setup" and then press the EXEC. function key.
4. The "Demand Measurement Settings" screen (page 1/2) is displayed.

7.3 Preparations for Measurement

95

Demand Measurement Settings (page 1/2)


(2) Necessary settings for demand measurement
1. Start time
2. Stop time
3. Demand period
4. Transformer capacity
(3) Setting the functions that can be used
1. Print/Save items
2. FD auto output
3. File name
4. RS-232C automatic output
5. D/A Output Items
6. Integrated output rate

(4) Basic settings screen


1. Press the NEXT function key.
2. The "Demand Measurement Settings" screen (page 2/2) is displayed. The
basic settings required for measurement are displayed on this screen, and can
be set and checked on this screen as well.
Note that the settings on this screen are common to both "Normal
Measurement" mode and "Integrated Measurement" mode.
3. Pressing the PREVIOUS function key returns the display to the "Demand
Measurement Settings" screen (page 1/2). Pressing the RET. function key
returns the display to the "Instantaneous Value" screen.

7.3 Preparations for Measurement

96

Demand Measurement Settings (page 2/2)

Preparations for measurement are now complete.


NOTE

The settings cannot be changed during measurement (including while the


3166 is in the standby state), while there is measurement data in memory, or
while measured values are being held. After measurement has been
completed (including while the 3166 is in standby mode), however, the
print/save items (only) can be changed.

7.3 Preparations for Measurement

97

7.4 Taking Measurements

7.4.1 Clearing Measurement Data and Setting the Range


(1) Clearing measurement data
Press the DATA RESET key to clear all of the measurement data.
NOTE

Detection of the integrated value and minimum/maximum values does not


occur until the demand measurement operation is started.
(2) Setting the range
The measurement range is fixed while the demand measurement operation is
in progress.
Set a suitable voltage/current range (fixed range) before starting integrated
measurement.

NOTE

When "Auto" is set for the measurement range:


The measurement range is fixed at the moment that the START/STOP key is
pressed. Note that correct measurement is impossible if there is any input
that is outside of the fixed range that was set. Once the demand
measurement operation is completed, the measurement range setting does not
return to "Auto."
If a minimum or maximum value is generated while the power meter is in
standby before the start of demand measurement, that value is not retained.

7.4 Taking Measurements

98

7.4.2 Starting Demand Measurement


The demand measurement operation start at the set date and time.
Press the START/STOP key.
The power meter enters the
standby state until the preset
start time arrives; once the start
time arrives, the power meter
begins the demand measurement
operation.

Demand Measurement in Progress Screen

While the power meter is in


standby, the message "Waiting" is
displayed on the screen; once the
demand measurement operation
starts, the message changes to
"Demanding ."

Demand Measurement Standby Screen

Reference

NOTE

If the preset start time has already passed, the demand measurement
operation does not begin.
Once the START/STOP key is pressed and demand measurement is initiated, it
is no longer possible to change the measurement range or the contents of the
settings.
To change the settings, it is necessary to first press the START/STOP key again
to stop the demand measurement operation.
The key lock function can be used when necessary to prevent misoperation. To
activate the key lock condition, press the CHECK key and set "Key Lock" to
ON in the "Check" window. To cancel the key lock condition, press the CHECK
key and set "Key Lock" to OFF.

7.4 Taking Measurements

99

7.4.3 Stopping Demand Measurement


NOTE

In the case of demand measurement, integration measurement is repeated


each demand period. If demand measurement is forcibly stopped while it is in
progress, the current demand data is retained.
The demand measurement operation stops automatically at the set time.
(1) When demand measurement stop is set to "Time specification"
The demand measurement operation stops automatically at the date and time
specified as the stop time.
(2) When forcibly stopping while in demand measurement standby or while the
demand measurement operation is in progress
The demand measurement operation stops as soon as the START/STOP key is
pressed.
1. Press the START/STOP key.
2. Because the "End Check" window opens, press the "YES" function key.
3. The demand measurement operation is forcibly stopped.

NOTE

When using the key lock function, cancel the key lock function and then stop
integration either manually or forcibly. To cancel the key lock condition, press
the CHECK key and set "Key Lock" to OFF.
In the standby mode, the demand measurement standby stops as soon as the
START/STOP key is pressed.

(3) Resuming demand measurement after a forcible stop


1. Before the start time
Press the START/STOP key. Measurement resumes, and "Waiting" is displayed
on the screen.
2. After the start time has passed
Press the DATA RESET key,reset the start time to a future time, and then
press the START/STOP key.

NOTE

If there are any measured values in memory, press the Data Reset key to
clear them first.
To display the instantaneous value, the integrated value, or demand value
measurement data, press the SCR.KEY function key, and then select the
desired screen from the "Display Selection" window.
Demand data is retained as long as the START/STOP key is not pressed.
As long as the demand measurement operation is not stopped, it is not
possible to enter other modes, such as normal measurement or integrated
measurement.

7.4 Taking Measurements

100

7.4.4 Displaying Instantaneous Values


Screen configuration in "Demand Measurement" mode
"Demand Measurement" mode uses six screens:

Instantaneous values
Integrated values
Demand values
Daily reports
Weekly reports
Monthly reports

Note that, except for the "Instantaneous values" screen, all screens include
maximum/minimum screens. Use the PAGE NO. key to select.

Instantaneous Value Measurement Screen


(1) In demand measurement mode
1. Press the SCR.KEY function key.
2. The "Display Selection" window is displayed.
3. Position the cursor at "Instantaneous value (INSTANT)."
4. Press the DETERM function key.
5. The "Instantaneous Value" screen is displayed. Measurement of
instantaneous values starts automatically.

7.4 Taking Measurements

101

Display Selection Window


(2) Holding the display of measured values
1. Press the HOLD function key.
2. The H mark is displayed on the status line, and the display is held. To release
the display, press the HOLD key again.

NOTE

Even if the displayed values are held, the power meter continues to record
measurements internally.
In the standby mode, the key lock function is cancelled by pressing the
START/STOP key.
(3) Leaving "Demand Measurement" mode
1. Press the DATA RESET key. (The measurement data is cleared.)
2. Press the RET. function key.
3. The "Initial" screen is displayed.

NOTE

If the RET. key is pressed while demand measurement is in progress or after


demand measurement is complete, a message is displayed, and the display
does not return to the Initial Screen. Terminate demand measurement and
press the DATA RESET key before pressing the RET. key.
The message disappears when any of these keys is pressed.

7.4 Taking Measurements

102

7.4.5 Displaying Integrated Values


The screen that displays the integrated values shows the measurement results
from the start of demand measurement until the elapsed measurement time.
This display consists of the following three screens:
"Integration" screen page 1/2 displays measured values and the maximum
demand values concerning power consumption.
"Integration" screen page 2/2 displays measured values concerning power
flows, such as consumption/regeneration.
The "Minimum/Maximum Values" screen displays the minimum/maximum
instantaneous values from the start of demand measurement until the elapsed
measurement time.
(1) Displaying the "Integration" screen (page 1/2)
1. Press the SCR.KEY function key.
2. The "Display Selection" window appears.
3. Position the cursor at "Integration (INTEG.)."
4. Press the DETERM function key.
5. Press the PAGE NO. function key and position the cursor on "Integration 1/2
(Integ.1/2)."
6. Press the DETERM function key.
7. The "Integration" screen (page 1/2) is displayed.

Average value within a time period


and maximum demand value
Load factor

Usage factor

Integration Screen (page 1/2)

Displaying the time at which a maximum demand value was


generated
1. Press the TIME OCCR function key.
2. The "Generation Time" window is displayed.
3. Position the cursor on the measurement item for which you wish to see the
generation time.

7.4 Taking Measurements

103

4. The time at which the item specified by the cursor was generated is displayed.
When the CLOSE function key is pressed, the "Generation Time" window closes
and the display returns to the "Integration" screen (page 1/2).
NOTE

The maximum demand values are not displayed until the initial demand
measurement time elapses. Furthermore, the displayed values do not include
measured values from the current demand period.
(2) Displaying the "Integration" screen (page 2/2)
1. Press the PAGE NO. function key.
2. The "Display Selection" window appears.
3. Position the cursor at "Integration 2/2 (Integ.2/2)."
4. Press the DETERM function key.
5. The "Integration" screen (page 2/2) is displayed.

Integration Screen (page 2/2)


(3) Displaying the "Minimum/Maximum" screen
1. Press the PAGE NO. function key.
2. The "Display Selection" window appears.
3. Position the cursor at "Minimum/Maximum (MIN./MAX.)."
4. Press the DETERM function key.
5. The "Minimum/Maximum" screen is displayed.

Integration Minimum/Maximum Screen

7.4 Taking Measurements

104

Displaying the time at which minimum and maximum values were


generated
1. With the "Minimum/Maximum" screen displayed, press the TIME OCCR function
key.
2. The "Generation Time" window is displayed.
3. Position the cursor on the measurement item for which you wish to see the
generation time.
4. The generation time is displayed for the item specified by the cursor.
When the CLOSE function key is pressed, the "Generation Time" window closes
and the display returns to the "Minimum/Maximum" screen.
NOTE

The relationship between the average value and the maximum demand value
within each period is shown in the following figure. Note that at the start of
demand measurement, a data reset is performed automatically.
Assuming time "n" as the present in the figure, the data "n-1" is displayed as
the demand value. In addition, the integrated data from the start of
measurement to the "present" is displayed as the integrated value.

Instantaneous value
Demand measurement period
Demand period

Power integration during


demand period

Change in
instantaneous
value

Maximum demand value


Average value
during
integration period

Average value
during demand
period

Elapsed time
Demand measurement start

Demand measurement end

Display Values for Demand Measurement

7.4 Taking Measurements

105

7.4.6 Displaying Demand Values


The screen that displays the demand values shows the measurement results
for power levels, etc., for each demand period.
The measurement results that are displayed on the demand display screen are
the results for the demand measurement period preceding the current demand
measurement period.
NOTE

Measurement results are not displayed until the first demand measurement
period passes.
Once the current demand measurement period passes, the old demand data is
cleared and replaced with the new demand data.
Use automatic output to a printer or floppy disk in order to keep a record of
demand data.
This display consists of the following three screens:
"Demand" screen page 1/2 displays measured values concerning power
consumption.
"Demand" screen page 2/2 displays measured values concerning power flows,
such as consumption/regeneration.
The "Minimum/Maximum Values" screen displays the minimum/maximum
instantaneous values for each demand period.
Select each screen in the same manner as described in section 7.4.5,
"Displaying Integrated Values."
(1) Displaying the "Demand" screen (page 1/2)

Demand Screen (page 1/2)

7.4 Taking Measurements

106

(2) Displaying the "Integration" screen (page 2/2)

Demand Screen (page 2/2)

(3) Displaying the "Minimum/Maximum" screen

Demand Minimum/Maximum Screen

7.4.7 Displaying a Daily Report


The screen that displays the daily report shows the measurement results for a
one-day (24-hour) period since the demand start time
NOTE

Measurement results are not displayed until at least one day of the demand
measurement period has passed.
Once the current one-day period passes, the old demand data is cleared and
replaced with the new demand data.
Use automatic output to a printer or floppy disk in order to keep a record of
daily report data.

7.4 Taking Measurements

107

This display consists of the following three screens:


"Daily Report" screen page 1/2 displays measured values and maximum
demand values concerning power consumption.
"Daily Report" screen page 2/2 displays measured values concerning power
flows, such as consumption/regeneration.
The "Minimum/Maximum Values" screen displays the minimum/maximum
instantaneous values for a one-day period.
Select each screen in the same manner as described in section 7.4.5,
"Displaying Integrated Values."
(1) Displaying the "Daily Report" screen (page 1/2)

Daily Report Screen (page 1/2)


(2) Displaying the "Daily Report" screen (page 2/2)

Daily Report Screen (page 2/2)


(3) Displaying the "Maximum/Minimum" screen

Daily Report Minimum/Maximum Screen

7.4 Taking Measurements

108

7.4.8 Displaying Weekly Reports


The screen that displays the weekly report shows the measurement results for
a one-week (7-day) period since the demand start time.
NOTE

Measurement results are not displayed until at least one week of the demand
measurement period has passed.
Once the current one-week period passes, the old demand data is cleared and
replaced with the new demand data.
Use automatic output to a printer or floppy disk in order to keep a record of
weekly report data.
This display consists of the following three screens:
"Weekly Report" screen page 1/2 displays measured values and maximum
demand values concerning power consumption.
"Weekly Report" screen page 2/2 displays measured values concerning power
flows, such as consumption/regeneration.
The "Minimum/Maximum Values" screen displays the minimum/maximum
instantaneous values for a one-week period.
Select each screen in the same manner as described in section 7.4.5,
"Displaying Integrated Values."
(1) Displaying the "Weekly Report" screen (page 1/2)

Weekly Report Screen (page 1/2)

7.4 Taking Measurements

109

(2) Displaying the "Weekly Report" screen (page 2/2)

Weekly Report Screen (page 2/2)

(3) Displaying the "Minimum/Maximum" screen

Weekly Report Minimum/Maximum Screen

7.4 Taking Measurements

110

7.4.9 Displaying Monthly Reports


The screen that displays the monthly report shows the measurement results
for a one-month period (ending on the same numbered day of the next month)
since the demand start time.
NOTE

Measurement results are not displayed until at least one month of the
demand measurement period has passed.
Once the current one-month period passes, the old demand data is cleared and
replaced with the new demand data.
Use automatic output to a printer or floppy disk in order to keep a record of
monthly report data.
This display consists of the following three screens:
"Monthly Report" screen page 1/2 displays measured values and maximum
demand values concerning power consumption.
"Monthly Report" screen page 2/2 displays measured values concerning power
flows, such as consumption/regeneration.
The "Minimum/Maximum Values" screen displays the minimum/maximum
instantaneous values for a one-month period.
Select each screen in the same manner as described in section 7.4.5,
"Displaying Integrated Values."
(1) Displaying the "Monthly Report" screen (page 1/2)

Monthly Report Screen (page 1/2)

7.4 Taking Measurements

111

(2) Displaying the "Monthly Report" screen (page 2/2)

Monthly Report Screen (page 2/2)

(3) Displaying the "Minimum/Maximum" screen

Monthly Report Minimum/Maximum Screen


If the RET. function key is pressed after the data has been cleared, a "Initial"
screen is displayed.

Reference

The procedure for manually printing out measurement values or saving


measurement values on a floppy disk are the same as in "Normal
Measurement" mode. Refer to section 5.4.3, "Printing Measured Values on the
Printer," and section 5.4.4, "Saving Measured Values on Floppy Disk."

7.4 Taking Measurements

112

7.5 Changing Settings


The asterisk ("*") is used in this section to indicate initial values (initial
settings when the power meter is shipped from the factory).

To display the integrated measurement setting screen, press the


CHECK key in the integration mode, and move the cursor to the
"Move to Setup" on the Check screen, and then press the EXEC.
function key.
Items that can be changed when the "Demand Measurement
Settings" screen (page 1/2) is displayed

7.5.1 Start Time


Because the starting method for demand measurement is always "Time
specification," this item sets the starting date and time for demand
measurement.

Options: YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM


(24-hour time)
* 1997/01/01 00:00
Start Time Setting

NOTE

For details on the specific method for setting the start time, refer to section
6.5.2, "Start Time."
The setting range extends to 2079/12/31 23:54.
If a time in the past is specified, the demand measurement operation does not
begin.

7.5.2 Stop Time


Because the stopping method for demand measurement is always "Time
specification," this item sets the stopping date and time for demand
measurement.
Setting format: YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM (24-hour time)
* 1997/01/01 00:00
NOTE

The setting range extends to 2079/12/31 23:59.


A time that is earlier than the demand measurement start time cannot be set.

7.5 Changing Settings

113

7.5.3 Demand Period


This item selects the demand period (the unit time for integration).
Options: 5, 10, 15, 30, or 60 minutes,
or 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, or 12 hours
* 30 minutes

Demand Period Setting

Example

Setting the demand period to 15 minutes


Position the cursor at "Demand period (DEMAND PERIOD)."
Press the CHANGE function key.
The "Demand Period" window is displayed.
Position the cursor at "15 minutes (15 min.)."
Press the SET function key.
The "Demand Period" window closes and "15 min." is displayed and set in the
"Demand period" field in the "Demand Measurement Setting" screen (page
1/2).

7.5 Changing Settings

114

7.5.4 Transformer Capacity


The usage factor can be measured by the average power used versus the
transformer capacity. If not used, setting "0000.000 kVA" will result in no
measurement value being displayed.

Transformer Capacity Setting

NOTE

Example

Setting range: 0000.000 to


1000.000 kVA
(0.001 kVA steps)
* 0010.000 kVA

Refer to section 18.3, "Measurement Items and Calculations," for details on


the usage factor.

Setting the transformer capacity to "200 kVA"


Assume that the current setting is the factory setting, "0010.000 kVA."
Position the cursor at "Transformer capacity (TRANS. CAPACITY)." The
cursor will appear at the first digit.
Position the cursor at the hundreds digit.
Using the and function keys, set the digit to "2".
Position the cursor at the tens digit.
Using the and function keys, set the digit to "0".
The transformer capacity is now set to "0200.000 kVA".

7.5 Changing Settings

115

7.5.5 Print/Save Items


These are used to set the items that are to be printed on the printer or saved
on floppy disk. The settings are shared for both devices; it is not possible to
set items so that they are printed on the printer but not saved on floppy disk.
Setting range: Set for 16 blocks
* Items other than power integration, average value within a
time period, and demand are "OFF" (not selected).
Instantaneous
values

VoltageU1, U2, U3, Uave


CurrentI1, I2, I3, Iave
PowerP, Q, S, ,

Maximum
values

VoltageU1, U2, U3
CurrentI1, I2, I3
PowerP, Q, S, ,

Minimum
values

VoltageU1, U2, U3
CurrentI1, I2, I3
PowerP, Q, S, ,

* Minimum/maximum value data includes the time at which the


minimum/maximum was generated.

Active power
(WP, WP, WP)
Power integration

Reactive power
(WQ, WQ, WQ)
Apparent power
(WS, WS, WS)

Average value within


a time period
Integrated average
values within a time
period, based on the

PowerP, Q, S,
Load factorLF
Usage factorTLF

power integration

*Not included the load factor and usage factor in demand data, however.

Power integration,
Daily reports

Average value within a time period,


Maximum demand values
Power integration,

Weekly reports

Average value within a time period,


Maximum demand values
Power integration,

Monthly reports

Average value within a time period,


Maximum demand values

7.5 Changing Settings

116

Power integration,

Demand

Average value within a time period


Power integration,

Integration

Average value within a time period,


Maximum demand values

* Maximum demand values include the time at which the value was
generated.
* Regarding the above five items, the tabulated results for each measurement
period can also be output by coordinating the settings of the instantaneous
values, maximum values, minimum values, power integration, and the
average value within a time period.

CAUTION

In the case of demand measurement, the print/save item settings are made in
a special manner as described below.
1) First, set to "ON" all of the necessary items from among daily report, weekly
report, monthly report, demand measurement and integrated measurement.
(Multiple items may be set.)
2) Next, set the items that are to actually be output from among the
instantaneous values, maximum values, minimum values, integrated power
levels, and average values over time; these items are set in common with
the items selected in step 1 above. (Multiple items may be set.)
3) In short, only the items selected in both step 1 (tabulation period) and step 2
(output items) are selected and valid initially. If only one setting is set to
"ON", nothing is output.

Print/Save Item Setting

NOTE

For details on the specific method for setting the print/save items, refer to
section 5.5.1, "Print/Save Items."
The items set here are output in both manual operation or automatic
operation.
The items that are output differ, depending on whether the integrated power
level is measured using the reactive power meter method or not.

7.5 Changing Settings

117

7.5.6 FD Auto Output


Select "ON" in order to save measurement data to floppy disk automatically.
The time interval at which the data is automatically saved is the time set for
the "demand period."
Options: ON/OFF
* OFF
FD Auto Output Setting

Example

With an 9595 FDD UNIT connected, automatically saving measurement


data on a floppy disk
Position the cursor at "FD auto output (FD AUTO OUTPUT)."
Press the ON function key.
"ON" is displayed and set in the FD auto output field.

NOTE

When set to "ON", the optional 9595 FDD UNIT must already be connected to
the 3166.

7.5.7 File Names


This sets the file name when measurement data is being saved to floppy disk.
The file name, the date and time at which measurement started, the
measurement data itself, and the date and time at which the measurement
data was saved are all saved on the floppy disk.
Setting range: Up to eight normal-width characters
(alphanumerics,katakana) or four double-width
characters(kanji,hiragana,katakana).
* No file name is set when the power meter is shipped
from the factory.

File Name Setting

NOTE

For details on the specific method for setting the file name, refer to section
5.5.2, "File Names."

7.5 Changing Settings

118

7.5.8 RS-232C Automatic Output


Select "ON" in order to print out measurement data automatically. The time
interval at which the data is automatically printed is the time set for the
"demand period."
Options: ON/OFF
* OFF

Example

With a printer connected, automatically printing measurement data


Position the cursor at "RS-232C auto output (RS-232C AUTO OUT)."
Press the ON function key.
"ON" is displayed and set in the "RS-232C auto output" field.

NOTE

When set to "ON", the printer must already be connected to the 3166. In
addition, the setting for the device connected to the RS-232C interface must be
"PRINTER" (refer to section 8.2.11, "RS-232C Device.")

7.5.9 D/A Output Items


Four channels of D/A output can be output simultaneously.
The output voltage is DC5 V/f.s.
* ch1:U1, ch2:I1, ch3:P, ch4:
Setting choices: Voltage (U1, U2, U3,Uave), current (I1, I2, I3,Iave), active
power (P), reactive power (Q), apparent power (S), power
factor (), frequency (f), and active power integration (+WP,
-WP, WP)

D/A Output Item Settings

NOTE

For details on the specific method for setting the D/A output items, refer to
section 5.5.3, "D/A Output Items."
When using D/A output, the 9594 D/A OUTPUT (optional) must be installed
in the power meter.
The output is updated according to the display update rate.
If a fast output update rate is required, use "Normal Measurement" mode.

7.5 Changing Settings

119

7.5.10 Integrated Output Rate


This item sets the output rate when using D/A output of integrated values
(active power integration).
Output is generated by 5 VDC versus the full scale for the power integration
that was set.
Options: 5 V/5 kW, 5 V/10 kW, 5 V/50 kW, 5 V/100 kW,
5 V/500 kW, 5 V/1 MW
* 5 V/5 kW

Integrated Output Rate Setting

NOTE

For details on the specific method for setting the integrated output rate, refer
to section 6.5.11, "Integrated Output Rate."
Select a suitable integration output rate based on expected power levels. In
order to see changes in detail, a small full-scale value should be selected.
If the power level increases uniformly, once it reaches the full-scale setting
the output voltage returns 0 V once and then increases again. (The level is
recorded as a sawtooth wave.)

Integrated power

* When active power is 5 kW with a uniform increase

Elapsed time
Integration start

Integrated Output Waveform Example

7.5 Changing Settings

120

7.5.11 Other Items (Common With the Setting Mode)


Items that can be changed when the "Demand Measurement
Settings" screen (page 2/2) is displayed
Pressing the NEXT function key calls up the "Demand Measurement Settings"
screen (page 2/2).
NOTE

Items that are set on the "Demand Measurement Settings" screen (page 2/2)
can be set or changed in the "Setting" mode. For details on how to make these
settings, refer to chapter 8, "Setting Mode (Function Setting) Details."
(1) Reactive power measurement method
(2) Sampling method
(3) PLL sync/frequency source
(4) Frequency of the line being measured
(5) Display averaging times
(6) PT
(7) CT
(8) Backlight
(9) Contrast
(10) Key beep

7.5 Changing Settings

121

7.6 Printing Out the Settings


Pressing the PRINT key while either page 1 or page 2 of the "Demand
Measurement Settings" screen is displayed causes all of the current power
meter settings to be printed out.
In addition to the items that were set in "Demand Measurement" mode, the
special settings that were set for each measurement mode are also printed out.
This function can also be executed in the same manner from the setting
screens for each measurement mode.
NOTE

Before printing, be sure to set the printer as the device connected to the RS232C interface, and connect the printer to the power meters RS-232C
connector. (Refer to section 8.2.11, "RS-232C Device.")
If the printer is not set as the device connected to the RS-232C interface,
nothing happens when the PRINT key is pressed.

7.6 Printing Out the Settings

122

7.7 Saving the Settings to Floppy Disk


Pressing the SAVE key while either page 1 or page 2 of the "Demand
Measurement Settings" screen is displayed causes all of the current power
meter settings to be saved to floppy disk.
In addition to the items that were set in "Demand Measurement" mode, the
special settings that were set for each measurement mode are also saved.
This function can also be executed in the same manner from the setting
screens for each measurement mode.
NOTE

For details on saving the settings, refer to section 5.7, "Saving the Settings to
Floppy Disk."
Note that the saved setting conditions are loaded in "FD" mode. (Refer to
section 14.6.1, "Loading Previously Saved Setting Data.")

7.7 Saving the Settings to Floppy Disk

123

1
2

Chapter 8
Setting Mode (Function 3
Setting) Details
4
5
The setting of basic functions that are common to all of the measurement
modes is performed in "Setting" mode.
The settings can be output to the printer.
This chapter explains the items that can be set or changed in "Setting" mode
in detail.

8.1 List of Setting Items


Settings for the following functions can be made.
For details on the methods for setting these functions, refer to section 2.1,
"Basic Operations."
(1) Reactive power meter method

6
7
8
9
10

(2) Sampling method


(3) PLL sync/frequency source
(4) Frequency on line being measured

11

(5) Display averaging times


(6) PT
(7) CT

12

(8) Backlight
(9) Contrast
(10) Key beep

13

(11) RS-232C device


(12) Setting the time
(13) System reset

14
A

8.1 List of Setting Items

124

Function Setting Screen (Page 1/2)

Function Setting Screen (Page 2/2)

NOTE

Functions (1) to (10) can also be set or changed in "Normal Measurement,"


"Integrated Measurement," or "Demand Measurement" mode.

8.1 List of Setting Items

125

8.2 Settings for Each Item


The asterisk ("*") is used in this section to indicate initial values (initial
settings when the power meter is shipped from the factory).

Selecting the setting mode


1. Position the cursor at "Setting" on the initial screen. For the details on the
initial screen, refer to section 2.3, "Initial Screen."
2. Press the EXEC. function key
3. The "Function Settings" screen (page 1/2) is displayed.
The settings are organized on two screens, use the NEXT and PREVIOUS
function keys to switch between the screens.
Once all of the settings have been made, press the RET. function key in order
to return to the initial screen.
The RET. function key can even be pressed in order to return to the initial
screen before all of the settings have been made.
NOTE

If the RET. key is pressed while integrated measurement or demand


measurement is in progress or after integrated measurement or demand
measurement is complete, a message is displayed and the display does not
return to the initial screen. Terminate integrated measurement or demand
measurement and press the DATA RESET key before pressing the RET. key.
The message disappears when any of these keys is pressed.

Items that can be changed when the "Function Settings" screen


(page 1/2) is displayed

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

8.2.1 Reactive Power Meter Method


This item sets whether or not to use the reactive power meter method for
calculating the reactive power measurements.
Options: Use reactive power meter method: YES/NO
*NO

Example

12

Using the reactive power method


Position the cursor at "Reactive power method (REACTIVE POWER
METHOD)" item.
Press the YES function key.
"YES" is set and is displayed in the "Reactive power method" field.
The measured value is measured directly with a reactive power meter, and
then the reactive power is calculated. In addition, "Power ratio power factor"
displays the power factor when using the reactive power meter method.

NOTE

11

Refer to item 3 in the Appendices for a supplementary explanation.

8.2 Settings for Each Item

13
14
A

126

8.2.2 Sampling Method


This item sets the sampling method.
Normally, use "PLL sync."
When using a fixed clock, adjust the set frequency in accordance with the
frequency of the line that is being measured.
NOTE

Correct measurement is impossible if this setting does not agree with the
frequency of the line being measured. In addition, if a fixed clock is being
used and the frequency of the line being measured fluctuates, errors in the
measurements will result.
Options: PLL /FIXED CLOCK
*PLL

Example

Changing to a fixed clock


Position the cursor at "Sampling method (SAMPLING METHOD)" item.
Press the FIXED function key.
"FIXED CLOCK" is set and is displayed in the "Sampling method" field. The
sampling clock frequency is that set by the "Frequency of the line being
measured" setting.

8.2.3 PLL Sync/Frequency Source


This item selects the PLL sync source and the input source for frequency
measurement.
Normally, use the "U1" voltage input source.
If there is no voltage input during current measurement, use the "I1" current
input source.
Options: U1 (voltage)/I1 (current)
*U1 (voltage)
NOTE

Example

Only channel 1 can be used as the input source, whether for voltage input or
current input.

Changing to the current input source


Position the cursor at the "PLL sync/frequency source (SYNC/FREQ.
SOURCE)" item.
Pressing the I1 function key .
"I1" is set and is displayed in the "PLL sync/frequency source" field.

8.2 Settings for Each Item

127

8.2.4 Frequency of the Line Being Measured


This item sets the frequency of the line being measured. When using a fixed
clock, the sampling frequency is based on this frequency, so be certain to
adjust this setting to the frequency of the line being measured before the start
of measurement.
NOTE

Even if the sampling method is PLL sync, set the frequency of the line being
measured.
Correct measurement is impossible if this setting does not agree with the
frequency of the line being measured. In addition, if a fixed clock is being
used and the frequency of the line being measured fluctuates, errors in the
measurements will result.
Options: 50/60/400 Hz
*50 Hz

Example

Changing the setting for the frequency of the line being measured to "60
Hz"
Position the cursor at the "Frequency of the line being measured (MEASURE
LINE FREQUENCY)" item.
Pressing the 60 Hz function key.
"60 Hz" is set and is displayed in the "Frequency of the line being measured"
field.

8.2.5 Display Averaging Times


This item sets the process count when the displayed value is a moving average
of the measured values.
This setting is useful, for example, if there is a great deal of fluctuation on the
line being measured.
Options: OFF/2/3/4/5/6/7/8/9/10 times
*OFF

Example

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Changing the averaging times to "8"

13

Position the cursor at "Display averaging times (DISPLAY AVERAGE


TIMES)" item.
Using the the and function keys, set the digit to "8".
"8 times" is displayed and set in the "Display averaging times" field.

14
A

8.2 Settings for Each Item

128

8.2.6 PT
This item lets you set the PT ratio as desired.
The values that are displayed are multiplied by the PT ratio.
Setting range: 00001 to 10000
*00001

Example

Setting the PT ratio to "30"


Position the cursor at the "PT" item.
Pressing the CHANGE key causes the "PT Input Window" to be displayed.
The cursor appears at the first digit.
Move the cursor left or right until it is positioned at the tens digit.
Move the cursor up or down until the digit is set to "3".
Press the function key once to set the digit to "0".
"00030" is set and is displayed in the "PT ratio" field.
Once the SET function key is pressed, "00030" is set and is displayed in the
"PT ratio" field.

8.2.7 CT
This item lets you set the CT ratio as desired.
The values that are displayed are multiplied by the CT ratio.
Setting range: 00000.01 to 10000.00
*00001.00

Example

Setting the CT ratio to "60"


Position the cursor at the "CT" item.
Pressing the CHANGE key causes the "CT Input Window" to be displayed.
The cursor appears at the first digit.
Move the cursor left or right until it is positioned at the hundreds digit.
Move the cursor up or down until the digit is set to "6".
Move the cursor left or right until it is positioned at the ones digit.
Move the cursor up or down until the digit is set to "0".
Once the SET function key is pressed, "00060.00" is set and is displayed in the
"CT ratio" field.

8.2 Settings for Each Item

129

8.2.8 Backlight
This item turns the LCD backlight on and off.
Turning the backlight on when taking measurements in dark surroundings
makes it easier to view the display.
Options: ON/OFF/AUTO OFF
*AUTO OFF
NOTE

Example

The "auto off" setting can be used to have the unit turn itself off automatically
two minutes after the last key press. Pressing any key will cause the unit to
turn itself back on again.

Turning the backlight on


Position the cursor at "Backlight (BACKLIGHT)" item.
Press the ON function key.
"ON" is displayed in the "Backlight" field.

8.2.9 Contrast
This item sets the LCD contrast.
Adjust the contrast according to the surroundings so that the display can be
viewed easily.
Setting range: 1 to 16
*When a system reset is executed, the LCD contrast is set on 8.

Example 1

Adjusting the contrast


Position the cursor at "Contrast (CONTRAST)."
Press the function key.
The value displayed in the "Contrast" field increases by one, and the contrast
becomes darker. Holding down the "Dark" function key causes the contrast to
progressively become darker. (The maximum setting is "16".)
Now press the key.
The value displayed in the "Contrast" field decreases by one, and the contrast
becomes lighter. Holding down the "Light" function key causes the contrast to
progressively become lighter. (The minimum setting is "1".)
Adjust the contrast as desired.

Example 2

Adjusting the contrast by function and cursor keys


Press the F1 key with pressing the cursor key, the contrast becomes darker.
Holding down these keys causes the contrast to progressively become darker.
Press the F2 key with pressing the cursor key, the contrast becomes lighter.
Holding down these keys causes the contrast to progressively become lighter.

8.2 Settings for Each Item

130

8.2.10 Key Beep


This item turns the key beep sound on and off.
When the key beep sound is on, it provide audible confirmation that a key was
pressed.
Options: ON/OFF
*ON

Example

Turning key beeps on


Position the cursor at "Key beep (KEY BEEP)" item.
Press the ON function key.
"ON" is displayed in the "Key beep" field.

Items that can be changed when the "Function Settings" screen


(page 2/2) is displayed
Refer to section 8.2, "Settings for Each Item."

8.2.11 RS-232C Device


This item selects the type of device connected to the RS-232C interface.
There are also special settings for each different type of device (printer,
personal computer, or modem).
Options: PRINTER, COMPUTER, MODEM
* PRINTER

Example

Changing the connected device to a printer


Position the cursor at "RS-232C device (RS-232C DEVICE)" item.
Press the PRINTER function key.
The "Printer Interface Setting" window is displayed.
Check the printer settings.
If there are no changes that need to be made, press the CLOSE key.
The "Printer Interface Setting" window closes, and "PRINTER" is set and is
displayed in the "RS-232C device" field.

Example

Checking or changing the printer settings


Press the PRINTER function key.
The "Printer Interface Setting" window is displayed.
Check the printer settings and make new settings.

8.2 Settings for Each Item

131

(1) Printer settings


These are special settings that should be adjusted to suit the RS-232C printer
connected to the power meter.
Settings:
Baud rate (bps): 2400/9600
* 9600
Data length (bits): 7/8
*8
Parity checking: OFF/ODD/EVEN
* OFF
Stop bit length: 1/2
*1
Flow control: OFFXON/XOFFRTS/CTSBOTH
* XON/XOFF
Terminator send : CRLFCR+LF
*CR+LF

Printer Interface Setting Window


The procedures for changing these settings are described below.

Example

Changing the baud rate setting to "2400"


Position the cursor at "Baud rate (BAUD RATE)" item.
Press the 2400 function key.
"2400" is set and is displayed in the "Baud rate" field.

Example

Changing the data length setting to "7"


Position the cursor at "Data length (DATA LENGTH)" item.
Press the 7 function key.
"7" is set and is displayed in the "Data length" field.

Example

Changing the parity check setting to "ODD"


Position the cursor at "Parity check (PARITY CHECK)" item.
Press the ODD function key.
"ODD" is set and is displayed in the "Parity check" field.

NOTE

The parity check setting is valid only when the data length setting is "7". If
the data length setting is "8", the parity check setting is fixed at "OFF."

8.2 Settings for Each Item

132

Example

Changing the stop bit length setting to "2"


Position the cursor at "Stop bits (STOP BIT LENGTH)" item.
Press the 2 function key.
"2" is set and is displayed in the "Stop bit length" field.

Example

Changing the flow control setting to "XON/XOFF"


Position the cursor at "Flow control (FLOW CONTROL)" item.
Press the XON/XOFF function key.
"XON/XOFF" is set and is displayed in the "Flow control" field.

(2) Personal computer settings


These are special settings that should be adjusted to suit the personal
computer connected to the power meter.
Settings:
Baud rate (bps): 2400/9600
* 9600
Data length (bits): 7/8
*8
Parity checking: OFF/ODD/EVEN
* OFF
Stop bit length: 1/2
*1
Flow control: OFFXON/XOFFRTS/CTSBOTH
* OFF
Terminator send : CRLFCR+LF
* CR+LF
Terminator reception: CRLFCR+LF
* CR+LF

Personal Computer Setting Window

The procedures for changing these settings are the same as those used for the
printer settings.

8.2 Settings for Each Item

133

(3) Modem settings


These are special settings that should be adjusted to suit the modem
connected to the power meter.
Settings:
Baud rate (bps): 2400/9600
* 9600
Data length (bits): 7/8
*8
Parity checking: OFF/ODD/EVEN
* OFF
Stop bit length: 1/2
*1
Telephone number: Input the telephone number being called.
(normal-width numeric characters, "", "," )
Telephone information : Can be used to input comments.
Modem initialization command: 50 characters
(Input the command for the modem that is
connected.)
*ATTE0&C1&D2
ID code: 10 characters (Any character string)
(This code is used to identify the power meter.)
* H3166
Flow control: OFF XON/XOFFRTS/CTSBOTH
* RTS/CTS
Terminator send : CRLFCR+LF
*CR+LF

Modem Setting Window


The procedures for changing these settings are described below. The
procedures for changing settings from baud rate to flow control are the same
as those used for the printer settings.

Example

Setting the destination telephone number


Position the cursor at " Telephone number (TEL NUMBER)" item.
Press the CHANGE function key.
The "Telephone Number Input" window is displayed.
Operation is the same as for file name input.
Set the telephone number with normal-width numeric characters.

8.2 Settings for Each Item

134

Example

Setting the modem initialization command


"ATTE04&C1&D2" is set as the initial value.
Position the cursor at "Modem initialization command (MOD COMMAND)."
Press the CHANGE function key.
The "Command Input" window is displayed.
Up to 50 characters can be input.
Operation is the same as for file name input.
After all changes are complete, press the ENTER function key.
The "Command Input" window closes, and the modem initialization command
in the "Function Setting" window is changed and registered.

8.2.12 Setting the Time


This setting is done on the "Function Settings" screen (page 2/2).
Refer to section 8.2, "Settings for Each Item."
Set the correct time whenever necessary.
When the power meter is shipped from the factory, it is set to the current time
in Japan.
The date and time are automatically updated by the auto calendar function.
The auto calendar function can keep track of dates until December 31, 2079.
Setting format: YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM:SS (24-hour time)
For details on setting the time, refer to section 6.5.2, "Start Time."
NOTE

To set the seconds precisely, listen to a reliable time service and press the SET
key at the "00" seconds mark.
The real-time may loss in from 1 to 5 minutes per month. (Within operating
temperature range)

8.2 Settings for Each Item

135

8.2.13 System Reset


Refer to section 8.2, "Settings for Each Item."
Execute a system reset when necessary.
When a system reset is executed, all settings (except for the "Setting the
Time" and "Contrast") are reset to their initial factory settings.

Procedure1
1. Position the cursor at "System reset (SYSTEM RESET)" item.
2. Press the RESET function key.
3. The "System Reset Execute" window is displayed, asking for confirmation
before executing the system reset.
4. Press the RESET function key.
5. The initial screen is displayed and all settings (except for the "Setting the
Time" and "Contrast") are reset to their initial factory settings.

System Reset Execute Window

Procedure2
1. Turn on the power with pressing the DATA RESET key.
(Continue pressing the DATA RESET key until beep.)
2. The initial screen is displayed and all settings (except for the "Setting the
Time" and "Contrast") are reset to their initial factory settings.

NOTE

When a system reset is executed immediately, the "SRAM NG" is displayed


due to an internal transaction. This is not a problem.

8.2 Settings for Each Item

136

8.3 Printing Out the Settings


Pressing the PRINT key while either page 1 or page 2 of the "Function
Settings" screen is displayed causes all of the current power meter settings to
be printed out.
In addition to the items that were set in "Setting" mode, the special settings
that were set for each measurement mode are also printed out.
This function can also be executed in the same manner from the setting
screens for each measurement mode.
NOTE

Before printing, be sure to set the printer as the device connected to the RS232C interface, and connect the printer to the power meters RS-232C
connector. (Refer to section 8.2.11, "RS-232C Device.")
If the printer is not set as the device connected to the RS-232C interface,
nothing happens when the PRINT key is pressed.

8.3 Printing Out the Settings

137

8.4 Saving the Settings to Floppy Disk


Pressing the SAVE key while either page 1 or page 2 of the "Function Settings"
screen is displayed causes all of the current power meter settings to be saved
to floppy disk.
In addition to the items that were set in "Setting" mode, the special settings
that were set for each measurement mode are also saved.
This function can also be executed in the same manner from the setting
screens for each measurement mode.
1. Press the SAVE key.
2. The setting conditions are saved to floppy disk in a file named "SETXXX."
Note that the saved setting conditions are loaded in "FD" mode. (Refer to
section 14.6.1, "Loading Previously Saved Setting Data.")
NOTE

A file named "SETXXX" is generated automatically and the setting conditions


are saved in that file.
"XXX" represents a number from "000" to "999"; the program uses the smallest
number that is still available.
Changing file names as necessary makes it easier to identify the contents
saved in each file. File names can be changed in "FD" mode.
In order to save measurement data to floppy disk, the optional 9595 FDD
UNIT must be connected to the power meter.

8.4 Saving the Settings to Floppy Disk

138

8.4 Saving the Settings to Floppy Disk

139

1
2

Chapter 9
Using the Remote Control 3
Jack
4
5
This chapter describes the remote control functions supported by the 3166.

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A

140

9.1 Connection With the Remote Control Jack

WARNING

CAUTION

Reference

To avoid electrocution, turn off the power to all devices before pluggingor
unplugging any of the interface connectors.

To prevent damage to the product and sensor, never connect or disconnect


a sensor while the power is on.
Use the optional 9440 CONNECTION CABLE for output.

The control jack is insulated from the voltage and current inputs.

Cable Connection
As shown in the diagram, align the special connection cable with the connector
guide notch on the remote control jack and then plug the cable in. (The
connector has a locking mechanism.)
When disconnecting the cable, grasp the plastic portion of the cable connector
and pull it out of the jack.
NOTE

Plastic cable connectors are used. Attempting to forcibly push the connector
in without aligning it with the connector guide notch, or forcibly pulling it out
without releasing the lock will damage the connector.

9.1 Connection With the Remote Control Jack

141

9.2 Structure of the Remote Control Jack


The diagram below shows the circuit diagram of the remote control jack.

2
3

Input terminal

4
5
6

Remote Control Jack Circuit


Control operation is performed using 0/5 V logic signals or closed/open contact
signals. The pin arrangement of the jack is shown below.
Pin No.

CAUTION

Signal name

Color

Start/stop

Red

Data reset

White

Print out

Black

Floppy save

Yellow

Ground (common)

Blue

In order to prevent damage to the power meter, do not input voltage that
exceeds 5.5 V.

7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A

9.2 Structure of the Remote Control Jack

142

9.3 Functions That Support Remote Control


The following four functions support remote control. These functions can be
controlled through the remote control jack in exactly the same manner as if
the corresponding keys on the control panel were pressed.
(1) Integrated measurement start/stop
This remote control function starts/stops the integration operation in
"Integrated Measurement" mode, and starts the measurement operation in
"Demand Measurement" mode.
The operation of the control signal is illustrated below.
5 V (open)

0 V (closed)

Stop

Start

Integrated Measurement Start/Stop Control

(2) Data reset


This remote control function clears the integration data and the
minimum/maximum value data.
The operation of the control signal is illustrated below.
At least 300 ms
5 V (open)

0 V (closed)
Data reset is executed
during this interval.

Data Reset Control

9.3 Functions That Support Remote Control

143

(3) Printing
This remote control function is used to manually initiate the printing of
measurement data on the printer.

1
2

The operation of the control signal is illustrated below.


At least 300 ms

5 V (open)

4
0 V ( closed)

5
"Print start" is sent to the
printer during this interval.

Printing Control
The printer must already be connected to the 3166. In addition, the setting
for the device connected to the RS-232C interface must be "printer." Make all
other necessary settings as well. (Refer to section 8.2.11, "RS-232C device")

NOTE

(4) Saving data on a floppy disk


This remote control function is used to manually save measurement data on a
floppy disk.

7
8
9

The operation of the control signal is illustrated below.


At least 300 ms
5 V (open)

11

0 V (closed)
"Save start" is sent to
the FD during this interval.

Control for Saving Data on Floppy Disk


NOTE

10

12
13

An 9595 FDD UNIT must be connected to this power meter before attempting
to use this function.

14
CAUTION

The remote control functions are enabled even when the key lock feature is
engaged.
Input clean signals free of chattering for the control signals. Note that normal
operation is not possible with a pulse of less than 300 ms.

9.3 Functions That Support Remote Control

144

9.3 Functions That Support Remote Control

145

1
2

Chapter 10
Connecting a Printer 3
4
5
10.1 Overview
This power meter can not only display measurement data on the LCD screen,
but can also output measurement data to an external printer via the RS-232C
interface. This chapter explains how to connect and operate a printer.
For details on the specifications of the RS-232C interface, refer to section 11.2,
"Overview of the RS-232C Interface."

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A

10.1 Overview

146

10.2 Information That Can Be Printed Out


The setting of which items are to be printed out is done in the print/save items
on the setting screen of each measurement mode. These items also determine
which data is saved to the floppy disk. For specific details on how to make
these settings, refer to the sections on the settings for each measurement
mode.
The items that are set are output in both manual operation and automatic
operation.
The items that are output differ, depending on whether the integrated power
level is measured using the reactive power meter method or not.
All setting conditions can be printed out, whether from the setting screen for a
given measurement mode, or from "Setting" mode.
(1) Measurement data

"Normal Measurement" mode


1.Date and time of printing
2.Instantaneous values

VoltageU1, U2, U3, Uave

Instantaneous value data CurrentI1, I2, I3, Iave


at time of printing
PowerP, Q, S, ,
VoltageU1, U2, U3
3.Maximum values

CurrentI1, I2, I3
PowerP, Q, S, ,
VoltageU1, U2, U3

4.Minimum values

CurrentI1, I2, I3
PowerP, Q, S, ,

* The minimum/maximum value data the time at which each


minimum/maximum value was generated
* Items 3 and 4 reflect data that was tabulated from the point when the data
reset key was pressed until the time of printing.

"Integrated Measurement" mode


1.Date and time of printing
2.Integration start time and
integration elapsed time

10.2 Information That Can Be Printed Out

147

3.Instantaneous values

VoltageU1, U2, U3, Uave

Instantaneous value data CurrentI1, I2, I3, Iave


at time of printing
PowerP, Q, S, ,
VoltageU1, U2, U3, Uave
4.Maximum values

CurrentI1, I2, I3, Iave


PowerP, Q, S, ,

1
1
2
2
3

VoltageU1, U2, U3, Uave


5.Minimum values

CurrentI1, I2, I3, Iave


PowerP, Q, S, ,

* The minimum/maximum value data the time at which each


minimum/maximum value was generated

Active power
(WP, WP, WP)
6.Power integration

43
5
4
6

Reactive power
(WQ, WQ, WQ)
Apparent power

75

(WS, WS, WS)


7.Average value within a
time period
Integrated average

PowerP, Q, S,

8
6
9

values within a time


period, based on the

107

power integration

* Items 4 through 7 reflect data that was tabulated until the time of printing
from the integrated measurement start time.

"Demand Measurement" mode


The following demand, integration, daily report, weekly report, and monthly
report data can be saved.

139

1.Date and time of printing


2.Demand start time
3.Instantaneous values

11
8
12

VoltageU1, U2, U3, Uave

Instantaneous value data CurrentI1, I2, I3, Iave


at time of printing
PowerP, Q, S, ,

14
10
A
11

10.2 Information That Can Be Printed Out

148

VoltageU1, U2, U3, Uave


4.Maximum values

CurrentI1, I2, I3, Iave


PowerP, Q, S, ,
VoltageU1, U2, U3, Uave

5.Minimum values

CurrentI1, I2, I3, Iave


PowerP, Q, S, ,

* The minimum/maximum value data the time at which each


minimum/maximum value was generated.

Active power
(WP, WP, WP)
6.Power integration

Reactive power
(WQ, WQ, WQ)
Apparent power
(WS, WS, WS)

7.Integrated average values


Average values during the PowerP, Q, S,
demand period, based on
Load factor (LF)
the integrated power
Usage factor (TLF)
levels during the time
interval in question

* Not included load factor and usage factor in demand data, however.
Power integration,
8.Daily reports

Average value within a time,


Maximum demand values
Power integration,

9.Weekly reports

Average value within a time,


Maximum demand values
Power integration,

10.Monthly reports

Average value within a time,


Maximum demand values

11.Demand

Power integration,
Average value within a time,
Power integration,

12.Integration

Average value within a time,


Maximum demand values

* Maximum demand values include the time at which the value was
generated.
* Regarding the above five items, the tabulated results for each measurement
period can also be output by coordinating the settings of the instantaneous
values, maximum values, minimum values, power integration , and the
average values within a time.

10.2 Information That Can Be Printed Out

149

CAUTION

In the case of demand measurement, the print/save item settings are made in
a special manner as described below.
1) First, set to "ON" all of the necessary items from among daily report, weekly
report, monthly report, demand measurement and integrated measurement.
(Multiple items may be set.)
2) Next, set the items that are to actually be output from among the
instantaneous values, maximum values, minimum values, integrated power
levels, and average values over time; these items are set in common with
the items selected in step 1 above. (Multiple items may be set.)
3) In short, only the items selected in both step 1 (tabulation period) and step 2
(output items) are selected and valid initially. If only one setting is set to
"ON", nothing is output.

1
2
3
4
5

(2) Setting conditions


All setting conditions can be printed out, whether from the setting screen for a
given measurement mode, or from "Setting" mode.

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A

10.2 Information That Can Be Printed Out

150

10.3 Connection Method


(1) Recommended printer
Use the 9442 PRINTER, the 9443 AC ADAPTER, the 9444 CONNECTION
CABLE (for Printer), and the 1196 RECORDING PAPER . (All are options.)
9442
9443-01
9443-02
9443-03

CAUTION

DPU-414
PW-4007-J1
PW-4007-E1
PW-4007-U1

(SEIKO
(SEIKO
(SEIKO
(SEIKO

INSTRUMENTS
INSTRUMENTS
INSTRUMENTS
INSTRUMENTS

INC.)
INC.)JAPAN
INC.)EU
INC.)U.S.A

The initial settings of the 9442 PRINTER when it is shipped from the factory
allow it to be connected to and used with the 3166. When using a different
but equivalent printer, it may be necessary to change the settings. Check
the operation manual provided with the printer and make the settings
accordingly.
For details on the operation and handling of the printer, refer to the printers
operation manual.
For the printer, use 1196 RECORDING PAPER (thermal paper,10 rolls) or an
equivalent.
In general, any printer that supports the RS-232C interface can be used with
the 3166, some models may not print properly, depending on the data that is
being output. Therefore, we recommend the 9442 PRINTER.

(2) Connection method


1. Turn off the power meter and the printer.
2. Connect the specified connecting cable between the RS-232C connector on the
power meter and the connector on the printer.

Female

Male

Printer Cable Connection

10.3 Connection Method

151

To power meter

Frame

To 9442 Printer

Frame

D-sub 9-pin female

D-sub 9-pin male

9444 CONNECTION CABLE

CAUTION

Reference

WARNING

Use a molded cable connector for connection to the 3166. Metal cable
connectors (with tabs that protrude) cannot be connected to the 3166 due to
the design of the 3166.

Sanwa Supplys KB-M98K straight extension cable can also be used to connect
the 3166 to the 9442 PRINTER.

To avoid electrocution, turn off the power to all devices before plugging
or unplugging any cablesor peripherals.

10.3 Connection Method

152

10.4 Operating Procedure


(1) In Setting mode, set "RS-232C device" to "PRINTER".
For details on how to make this setting, refer to section 8.2.11, "RS-232C
Device."

RS-232C Device Setting

Printer Setting Window

(2) Set the "Print/Save" items on the setting screens for each measurement mode.
Note that these settings also define what information is to be saved on floppy
disk.

1. Normal measurement mode (refer to section 5.5.1, "Print/Save Items")

Print/Save Items
("Normal Measurement" Mode)

10.4 Operating Procedure

153

2. "Integrated Measurement" mode (refer to section 6.5.6, "Print/Save Items")

Print/Save Items
("Integrated Measurement" Mode)

3. "Demand Measurement" mode (refer to section 7.5.5, "Print/Save Items")

Print/Save Items
("Demand Measurement" Mode)

NOTE

The items that can be set differ for each measurement mode.

10.4 Operating Procedure

154

(3) Manual printing


Measurement data can be printed out at any time by pressing the PRINT key.
When printing the data on the display screen, activate the "data hold" feature
first and then print the data.

PRINTER Key

(4) Automatic output


Data can be printed automatically at a predetermined interval in "Integrated
Measurement" mode and in "Demand Measurement" mode. Manual printing
is still possible in this case.
In both measurement modes:
1. Set "RS-232C auto output" to "ON".
2. In "Integrated Measurement" mode, set the output interval time.
In "Demand Measurement" mode, the data is output each demand period.
For details on these settings, refer to section 6.5.5, "Output Interval Time,"
section 6.5.9, "RS-232C Automatic Output," and section 7.5.8, "RS-232C
Automatic Output."
3. Once measurement starts, the data is printed out automatically at the
predetermined interval time.

Output Interval Time Setting

10.4 Operating Procedure

155

Reference

Printing time
Because one roll of 1196 Printing Paper is 25 meters long, it is possible to
calculate the length of time that measurement and printing can continue by
calculating the length of one printout of data.
For example, when printing all items for a three-phase, four-wire line in
"Integrated Measurement" mode, one printout of data requires approximately
360 mm of paper (about 4 mm/line). ((Approximately 193 mm, except for the
maximum and minimum values.) If the interval time is 30 minutes, the
length of time that measurement and printing can continue is calculated as
follows:
Number of printouts: N = 25 m/360 mm = 69 printouts
Continuous operation time: T = interval time x N = 30 minutes x 69
= 2070 minutes = 34 hours and 30 minutes
A red line appears on the last 60 centimeters of the recording paper,
indicating that only a little paper remains.
Special printed output
Just as with the display, "o.r." is printed for out-of-range data, and ""
is printed for invalid data.

NOTE

CAUTION

Because the items that are printed out vary with the measurement mode, set
the items for each mode separately. Note that the data that is output is the
same, whether for manual printing or automatic output.
Be sure to load enough paper so that the printer will not run out.
For details on how to print out the setting conditions, refer to the section
entitled, "Printing Out the Settings," in each chapter describing the different
measurement modes and Setting mode.

Using the printer in a high-temperature or high-humidity environment should be


avoided at all costs. This can seriously reduce the printer life.

10.4 Operating Procedure

156

10.4 Operating Procedure

157

1
2

Chapter 11
Connecting a Computer 3
4
The 3166 includes a RS-232C interface as a standard feature.
A personal computer can be connected to the power meter through this
interface; the personal computer can then be used to remotely control the
functions of the power meter, to retrieve data, etc. (Turning the power meter
on and off and changing the RS-232C interface settings are not possible.) The
RS-232C interface can also be used to output data to a printer, or to remotely
control the power meter through a modem connection.
This chapter explains how to connect a computer ("personal computer") to the
power meter and how to operate the power meter through the computer.
The RS-232C interface is a serial interface standard that was established by
the EIA (Electronic Industries Association of the U.S.).

5
6
7
8
9

11.1 Connection Method

10
WARNING

In order to avoid the possibility of an electric shock, unplug the power


meters power cord and disconnect the other wiring before connecting
the RS-232 cable to the interface connector.

11

Turn the power off when connecting the personal computer to the
power meter. Connecting or disconnecting cables while the power is on
could damage the equipment.

12
13

CAUTION

After connecting the RS-232C cable, always be sure to secure the


connection with the screws on the connector.
Use a molded cable connector for connection to the 3166. Metal cable
connectors (with tabs that protrude) cannot be connected to the 3166 due to
the design of the 3166.

14
A

11.1 Connection Method

158

11.2 Overview of the RS-232C Interface

11.2.1 RS-232C Interface Specifications


The 3166s RS-232C interface complies with:
EIA RS-232C
CCITT V.24
JIS X51101
1. General specifications (concerning the personal computer)
Transfer method

Start-stop synchronization, full-duplex

Printer-related settings

Baud rate (bps): 2400, 9600

Data length (bits)

7/8

Parity check

EVEN/ODD/OFF

Stop bits

1/2

2. Interface specifications (DTE operation)


Input voltage level

Output voltage level

+5V to +15V

ON

-15V to -5V

OFF

+5V to +9V

ON

-9V to -5V

OFF

3. Connector specification
Pin No EIA symbol

JIS symbol

Common symbol

Function

CF

CD

DCD

Data channel detection

BB

RD

RxD

Reception data

BA

SD

TxD

Transmission data

CD

ER

DTR

Data terminal ready

AB

SG

GND

Signal ground

CC

DR

DSR

Data set ready

CA

RS

RTS

Ready to send

CB

CS

CTS

Clear to send

CE

CI

RI

Call indicator

11.2 Overview of the RS-232C Interface

159

1
2
3

RS-232C Connector Pin Assignments

Connector: D-sub 9-pin (male)


Manufacturer: Nippon Koku Denshi Kogyo DELC-J9PAF-23L9
4. RS-232C cable connection examples

4
5

To power meter

To PC

6
7
8

Frame

D-sub 9-pin female

Frame

D-sub 25-pin male

DOS/V PC
Flow control: None, XON/XOFF

10

RS-232C Cable
To power meter

To PC

11
12
13

Frame

Frame

D-sub 9-pin female

D-sub 9-pin female

DOS/V PC
Flow control: None, XON/XOFF

RS-232C Cable

11.2 Overview of the RS-232C Interface

14
A

160

Connection

To power meter

To PC

Frame

Frame

Frame

D-sub 9-pin
Female
D-sub 25-pin D-sub 25-pin
Female
Male
DOS/V, PC-9801 PC
Flow control: RTS/CTS, both

Frame

D-sub 25-pin
Male

RS-232C Cable
To PC

Connection

To power meter

Frame

Frame

D-sub 25-pin
D-sub 25-pin
Female
Female

Frame

D-sub 25-pin
Male

Frame

D-sub 25-pin
Male

DOS/V, PC-9801 PC
Flow control: None, XON/XOFF

RS-232C Cable

Reference

Connecting to a DOS/V personal computer


Flow control: None, XON/XOFF
Use a cable such as Sanwa Supplys KRS-423XF1K KRS-403XF1K RS-232C
Cable (reverse).
Flow control: RTS/CTS, both
Use a cable such as Sanwa Supplys KRS-107K RS-232C Cable (reverse) in
combination with the D09-9F25F Adapter.
Connecting to an NEC PC-9801
Flow control: None, XON/XOFF
Use a cable such as Sanwa Supplys KRS-117K RS-232C Cable (reverse) in
combination with the D09-9F25F Adapter.
Flow control: RTS/CTS, both
Use a cable such as Sanwa Supplys KRS-107K RS-232C Cable (reverse) in
combination with the D09-9F25F Adapter.

11.2 Overview of the RS-232C Interface

161

11.2.2 Setting Method


Set the RS-232C device item in "Setting" mode to personal computer.
Set the other personal computer interface items as necessary.
For specific details on these settings, refer to section 8.2.11, "RS-232C Device."

2
3

RS-232C Device Setting

4
5
6
7

Personal Computer Setting Window


NOTE

The communications conditions for the personal computer and the power
meter must match.

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A

11.2 Overview of the RS-232C Interface

162

11.2.3 Flow of the Basic Operating Procedure


Connect the RS-232C cable

Turn the power meter and the personal computer on

Set the communication conditions for the personal computer

Set the baud rate, the data length, parity checking,


stop bits, flow control and the delimiter

Connect the power meter to the line being measured

Control the power meter remotely by sending commands


from the personal computer

11.2 Overview of the RS-232C Interface

163

11.3 Details of the RS-232C Interface

11.3.1 Messages
Messages are classified as shown below:
Program messages

Command messages
Query messages

Messages

Response messages
Execution confirmation messages

Of these, program messages are those received by the unit from the personal
computer, while response messages are those sent from the unit to the
personal computer.
(1) Program messages
Program messages can be divided into either command messages or query
messages.
Command messages are orders for control of the unit, such as for making
settings or for reset or the like.
Query messages are orders for responses relating to results of operation,
results of measurement, or the state of device settings.
(2) Response messages
After a query message has been received, a response message is produced the
moment that its syntax has been checked. It is also possible to change the
message unit separator of response messages from the semicolon ";" to the
comma "," , using the command "TRANsmit:SEParator". Initially this
separator is set to the semicolon ";".
A space is represented by " "(space) in this manual.
Headers on
Headers off

"V +101.2E+0;A +1.200E-3"


"+101.2E+0;+1.200E-3"

(3) Execution confirmation message


Execution confirmation message is the numeric data created by analyzing and
executing one line of data (data up to the terminator) from the personal
computer. This numeric data is returned to the personal computer. The
personal computer and this unit are synchronized by means of this data.

11.3 Details of the RS-232C Interface

164

11.3.2 Command Syntax


The names of commands for the 3166 are as far as possible mnemonic.
Furthermore, all commands have a long form, and an abbreviated short form.
In command references in this manual, the short form is written in upper case
letters, and then this is continued in lower case letters so as to constitute the
long form. Either of these forms will be accepted during operation, but
intermediate forms will not be accepted. Further, during operation both lower
case letters and upper case letters will be accepted without distinction.
CURRent
CURR

Accepted

CURRE
CUR

Error

Response messages generated by the 3166 are in long form and in upper case
letters.

11.3.3 Headers
Whether or not headers are prefixed to response messages is set by the
"HEADer" command. It is essential to prefix headers to program messages.
(1) Command program headers
There are two types of command: simple commands, compound commands,
and standard commands.
Simple command header
This header is a sequence of letters and digits.
HEADer
Compound command header
This header is made up from a plurality of simple command type headers
marked off by colons.
VOLTage:RANGe
(2) Query program headers
These are for commands used for interrogating the unit about the results of
operations, about measured values, or about the current states of settings for
the unit. As shown by the following examples, they can be recognized as
queries by a question mark appearing after the program header. The structure
of the header is identical to that of a command program header, with "?"
always being affixed to the last command. There are queries possible in each
of the three previously described types of command form.
MEASure:NORMal? <data1> to <data10>
SCALe:PT?

11.3 Details of the RS-232C Interface

165

11.3.4 Delimiter
The power meter accepts the LF code as the message terminator.
Furthermore, the following can be selected as the response message
terminator with the "TRANsmit:TERMinator" command:
1. LF
2. CR
3. CR and LF
The initial selection are three.
NOTE

For details on the "TRANsmit:TERMinator" command, refer to section 11.4,


"Command Reference."

11.3.5 Separators
(1) Message unit separator
A semicolon ";" is used as a message unit separator when it is desired to set
out several messages on a single line.
":SCALe:PT 2;:SCALe:CT 4;:AVERaging 10"
(2) Header separator
In a message which has a header and data, a space (represented by " "(space)
in the examples) is used as the header separator to separate the header from
the data.
":VOLTage:AUTO ON" (actually, " " is not displayed.)
(3) Data separator
If a message has several data items, commas are required as data separators
for separating these data items from one another.
":INTEgrate:DATAout:ITEM 7,63,3"

11.3 Details of the RS-232C Interface

166

11.3.6 Data Formats


The 3166 uses character string data and decimal numeric data, and the type
used varies according to the command in question.
(1) Character data
Character string data must always begin with an alphabetic character, and
the following characters can be either alphabetic characters or numerals.
Although in character data either upper case letters or lower case letters are
accepted, response messages output by the 3166 are always in upper case
letters.
":VOLTage:AUTO"
(2) Decimal data
The numeric data values are all represented in decimal, in three formats
identified as NR1, NR2 and NR3, and each of these can appear as either a
signed number or an unsigned number. Unsigned numbers are taken as
positive.
Further, if the accuracy of a numerical value exceeds the range with which the
3166 can deal, it is rounded off. (5 and above is rounded up; 4 and below is
rounded down).
NR1 format: integer data (+12, -23, 34)
NR2 format: fixed point numbers (+1.23, -23.45, 3.456)
NR3 format: floating point numbers (+1.2E-2, -2.3E+4)
The term "NRf format" includes all these three formats.
When the 3166 is receiving it accepts NRf format. When it is sending
response messages it utilizes whichever one of the formats NR1 to NR3 is
indicated in the particular command.
All of the following examples set the PT 10:
":SCALe:PT 10"
":SCALe:PT 10.2"
":SCALe:PT 1.04E1"

11.3 Details of the RS-232C Interface

167

11.3.7 Abbreviation of Compound Commands


When several compound commands have a common head portion, for example
:SCAL:PT and :SCAL:CT, then, when and only when writing them directly
following on from one another, this common portion (:SCAL: in this example)
can be omitted from each command. This common portion is called "the
current path", by analogy with the general concept of the current directory in
the directory structure of UNIX or MS-DOS, and until it is cleared the
analysis of following commands is performed by deeming them to be preceded
by the current path which has been curtailed in the interests of brevity. This
manner of using the current path is shown in the following example:
Normal expression
":SCALe:CT 2;:SCALe:PT 10;:SCALe:CT?"
Abbreviated expression:
":SCALe:CT 2;PT 10;CT?"
This becomes the current path, and can be curtailed from the following
commands.
The current path is cleared when the power is turned on, when a system reset
is performed by key input, when a colon ":" appears at the start of a command,
and when delimiter is detected.
NOTE

Messages of standard command form can be executed without relation to the


current path.
However, in order to prevent confusion with abbreviated forms and mistakes
in operation, it is recommended practice always to prefix ":" to headers.
With the 3166, there are nine possible current paths:
":CURRent:"
":DEMand:"
":DISPlay:"
":INTEgrate:"
":MEASure:"
":NORMal:"
":SCALe:"
":TRANsmit:"
":VOLTage:"

11.3 Details of the RS-232C Interface

168

11.3.8 Output Queue


Response messages accumulate in the output queue and are read out as data
and cleared by the personal computer. The output queue is also cleared in the
following circumstances:
1. Turing on the power
2. Reset by key input
3. Query error.
If a new message is received while there is data in the output queue, the
output queue is cleared and a query error is generated.

11.3.9 Input Buffer


The capacity of the power meters input buffer is 1024 bytes. If more than
1024 bytes of data are to be transmitted and the buffer becomes full, data is
read and discarded until analysis of the data in the input buffer is complete.
(This applies when XON/XOFF control and RTS/CTS control are disabled.)

11.3 Details of the RS-232C Interface

169

11.4 Command Reference


This section explains each command in detail.

11.4.1 Description of the Command Reference Format


Syntax
data
Function
Note
Response
Error

Example

Indicates the command syntax.


Indicates the data format for a command that includes data.
Describes the function of the command.
Describes points that require special attention when using the command.
Indicated only for commands for which a response message is returned.

Indicates the what kinds of errors might occur. Note that misspellings are
a type of error that applies to all commands, and are therefore not explicitly
mentioned.
Shows a simple example illustrating the usage of the command. All
transmissions are indicated in "short form."
Transmission: A command that is sent by the controller
Response: Data that is received by the controller

NOTE

A "query" is a request to retrieve setting information or measured values. If


an error occurs during a query, no query response message is generated.
In the case of a system error, the query is not executed and a devicedependent error results.

11.4 Command Reference

170

11.4.2 Commands
AVERaging
Display averaging time setting
AVERaging data

Syntax

1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 (numerical data in NR1 format)

data

Function Sets the number of measurements over which the display averaging time is
to be performed.
data can be received in NRf format, but after the decimal point 5 and above
will be rounded up while 4 and below will be rounded down.
Setting the averaging time causes a restart.

Note

Error If data is not in NRf format, a command error is generated.


If data is not one of the above listed values, an execution error is generated.
In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:
If this command is executed in the HOLD state .
In the event of a system error (the command is not executed).
Integration or demand measurement is in progress.

Example

Transmission

":AVER 2"

Display averaging time is set to 2.

AVERaging?
Display averaging time query
Syntax
Function

Response
syntax

AVERaging?
Returns the current setting of the number of measurements over which the
display averaging time is to be performed, as a numerical value (data) in
NR1 format.
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

"AVERAGING data"
"data"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":AVER?"
":AVERAGING 2"

":AVER?"
"2"

11.4 Command Reference

171

BACKlight
Backlight setting
Syntax
data
Function
Error
Example

BACKlight data
ON, OFF, AUTO (character data)
Turns the LCD backlight on and off.
If data is set to character data other than "ON" or "OFF", an command
error is generated.
Transmission

":BACK ON"

Turns the LCD backlight on.

BACKlight?
Backlight setting query
Syntax
Function
Response
syntax

BACKlight?
Returns the current backlight setting in (data) as either ONOFF or
AUTO OFF .
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

":BACKLIGHT ON"
"ON"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":BACK?"
":BACKLIGHT ON"

":BACK?"
"ON"

11.4 Command Reference

172

BEEPer
Key beep ON or OFF setting
Syntax
data
Function
Error
Example

BEEPer data
ON, OFF (character data)
Turns the key beep on and off.
If data is other than character data, a command error is generated.
Transmission

":BEEP ON"

Turns the key beep on.

BEEPer?
Key beep setting query
Syntax
Function
Response
syntax

BEEPer?
Returns the current key beep setting in (data) as either ON or OFF.
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

":BEEPER ON"
"ON"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":BEEP?"
":BEEPER ON"

":BEEP?"
"ON"

11.4 Command Reference

173

CLOCk
Real time (system clock) setting
Syntax
data

Function
Note

CLOCk data1,data2,data3,data4,data5,data6
data1
data2
data3
data4
data5
data6

Year
Month
Day
Hours
Minutes
Seconds

1980 to 2079 (numerical data in NR1 format)


1 to 12
(numerical data in NR1 format)
1 to 31
(numerical data in NR1 format)
0 to 23
(numerical data in NR1 format)
0 to 59
(numerical data in NR1 format)
0 to 59
(numerical data in NR1 format)

Sets the real time (system clock) to the actual date and time.
If this command is executed while measurement is in progress in Normal
Measurement mode, the data concerning the time at which the minimum
and maximum values were generated will be invalid.

Error In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:


If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for or
during integrated measurement.
If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for or
during demand measurement.
When the system error occurs.
An execution error results in the following cases:
If an attempt was made to specify a nonexistent date.

Example

Transmission

":CLOC 1997,02,28,18,04,30"

Sets the system clock to 18:04:30, February 28, 1997.

CLOCk?
Real time (system clock) query
Syntax
Function
Response
syntax

CLOCk?
Returns the current date and time according to the system clock in (data1)
through (data6), all in the form of NR1 numeric data.
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

":CLOCK data1,data2,data3,data4,data5,data6"
"data1,data2,data3,data4,data5,data6"

If headers are ON

Example
Transmission
Response

If headers are OFF

":CLOC?"
":CLOC?"
":CLCOK 1997,02,28,15,25,40" "1997,02,28,15,25,40"

11.4 Command Reference

174

CONTrast
Contrast setting
Syntax
data
Function
Error
Example

CONTrast data
0 to 15 (numerical data in NR1 format)
Sets the LCD contrast to one of 16 levels, from 0 to 15.
An execution error results if a value outside of the allowable range (a value
that is not an integer from 0 to 15) is specified.
Transmission

":CONT 8"

Sets the LCD contrast to "8".

CONTrast?
Contrast setting query
Syntax
Function
Response
syntax

CONTrast?
Returns the current contrast setting in (data) in the form of NR1 numeric
data.
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

:CONTRAST data"
"data"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":CONT?CURR"
":CONTRAST 8"

":CONT?"
"8"

11.4 Command Reference

175

CURRent?
Current range setting value query
Syntax
Function
Note
Response
syntax

CURRent?
Returns the presently set current range as a numerical value (data1) in
NR1 format and current aut ranging as "ON" or "OFF" (data2).
By using the "TRANsmit:SEParator" command, the message unit separator
can be changed from the semicolon ";" to the comma ",".
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

":CURRENT:RANGE data1;AUTO data2"


"data1 ,data2"

If headers are ON

Example
Transmission
Response

If headers are OFF

":CURR?"
":CURR?"
":CURRENT:RANGE 20;AUTO OFF" "20;OFF"

11.4 Command Reference

176

CURRent:AUTO
Current auto range setting
Syntax

CURRent:AUTO data

data

ON, OFF (character data)

Function

Turns current auto range.

Error In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:


When this command is executed in the hold state.
If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for or
executing integrated measurement or demand measurement.
In the event of a system error.
If data is set to character data other than "ON" or "OFF", an execution
error is generated.

Example

Transmission

":CURR:AUTO ON"

Current auto range setting is turned on.

CURRent:AUTO?
Current auto range setting query
Syntax
Function
Response
syntax

CURRent:AUTO?
Returns as "ON" or "OFF" (data) whether or not current (amperage) auto
ranging is presently enabled.
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

:CURRENT:AUTO data"
"data"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":CURR:AUTO?"
":CURRENT:AUTO ON"

":CURR:AUTO?"
"ON"

11.4 Command Reference

177

CURRent:RANGe
Current range setting
Syntax
data
Function

CURRent:AUTO data
20, 50, 100, 200, 500 (numerical data in NR1 format)
Sets the current range. The units are amps (A).

Error In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:


If this command is executed in the HOLD state .
If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for or
executing integrated measurement or demand measurement.
In the event of a system error.
If the value other than setting 20, 50, 100, 200, 500 limits are set, an
execution error is generated.

Example

Transmission

":CURR:RANG 50"

Sets to 50 A range.

CURRent:RANGe?
Current range setting query
Syntax
Function
Response
syntax

CURRent:RANGe?
Returns the presently set current range as a numerical value (data) in NR1
format.
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

":CURRENT:RANGE data"
"data"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":CURR:RANG?"
":CURRENT:RANGE 20"

":CURR:RANG?"
"20"

11.4 Command Reference

178

DEMand:AOUT
Demand measurement D/A output item setting
Syntax
data

Function

DEMand:AOUT data1,data2,data3,data4
U1, U2, U3, UAVE (character data)
I1, I2, I3, IAVE (character data)
P, Q, S, PF, F (character data)
WP, +WP, -WP (character data)
Sets the D/A output (channels 1 to 4) items in Demand measurement mode.

Error An execution error results if any character data other than that indicated
above is set for (data1), (data2), (data3), or (data4).
In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:
If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for or
during demand measurement.
If an item that was specified (U2, U3, UAVE, I2, I3, IAVE) is not
available for the line being measured.
In the event of a system error.

Example

Transmission

":DEM:AOUT U1,P,Q,S"

Sets the D/A output item CH1 to "U1", CH2 to "P", CH3 to "Q", and CH4 to
"S" in Demand mode.

DEMand:AOUT?
Demand measurement D/A output item query
Syntax
Function
Response
syntax

DEMand:AOUT?
Returns the Demand measurement mode D/A output item settings in
(data1) through (data4) in the form of character data.
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

":DEMAND:AOUT data1,data2,data3,data4"
"data1,data2;data3,data4"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":DEM:AOUT?"
":DEMAND:AOUT U1,P,Q,S"

":DEM:AOUT?D"
"U1,P,Q,S"

11.4 Command Reference

179

DEMand:AOUT:RATE
Demand measurement integrated output rate setting
Syntax
data

Function

DEMand:AOUT:RATE data1,data2,data3,data4
1,
1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
6:

2, 3, 4, 5, 6 (numerical data in NR 1)
5 V/5 kWh
5 V/10 kWh
5 V/50 kWh
5 V/100 kWh
5 V/500 kWh
5 V/1 MWh

Sets the output rate when an integrated value was specified for the D/A
output in Demand measurement mode.

Error An execution error results if any value other than that indicated above is
set for (data).
In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:
If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for or
during demand measurement.
In the event of a system error.

Example

Transmission

":DEM:AOUT:RATE 1"

Sets the Demand mode D/A output rate to "5 V/5 kWh".

DEMand:AOUT:RATE?
Demand measurement integrated output rate query
Syntax
Function
Response
syntax

DEMand:AOUT:RATE?
Returns the Demand measurement mode D/A output rate setting.
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

":DEMAND:AOUT:RATE data"
"data"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":DEM:AOUT:RATE?"
":DEMAND:AOUT:RATE 1"

":DEM:AOUT:RATE?"
"1"

11.4 Command Reference

180

DEMand:DATAout:FD
Demand measurement FD automatic output setting
Syntax

DEMand:DATAout:FD data

data

ON, OFF (character data)

Function
Note

Sets Demand measurement mode FD automatic to either "ON" or "OFF".


If there is no FDD unit connected, if there is no floppy disk loaded in the
drive, if an existing file name is being used, or if the disk is write-protected,
this command itself ends normally, but the first attempt to execute
automatic output will generate an error, and automatic output will not be
executed.

Error If data is set to character data other than "ON" or "OFF", an execution
error is generated.
In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:
If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for or
during demand measurement.
In the event of a system error.

Example

Transmission

":DEM:DATA:FD ON"

Demand measurement mode FD automatic setting is turned on.

DEMand:DATAout:FD?
Demand measurement FD automatic output query
Syntax
Function
Response
syntax

DEMand:DATAout:FD?
Returns the current Demand measurement mode FD automatic output
query in (data) as either ON or OFF.
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

":CURRENT:AUTO data"
"data"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":DEM:DATA:FD?"
":DEMAND:DATAOUT:FD ON"

":DEM:DATA:FD?"
"ON"

11.4 Command Reference

181

DEMand:DATAout:FILEname
Demand measurement FD output file name setting
DEMand:DATAout:FILEname data

Syntax

Character string consisting of up to 8 normal-sized characters

data

Sets the file name that is used for Demand measurement mode FD output.

Function

Note The following characters can be used in file names:


Upper-case letters from A to Z
Numbers form 0 to 9
-, ^, $ , ~ , ! , # , % , & , - , { , } , ( , ) , @ , ,
Shift JIS codes
A file extension cannot be specified.
If there is no FDD unit connected, if there is no floppy disk loaded in the
drive, if an existing file name is being used, or if the disk is write-protected,
this command itself ends normally, but the first attempt to execute
automatic output will generate an error, and automatic output will not be
executed.

Error In the following circumstances, a device dependent error generated:


If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for or
during demand measurement.
In the event of a system error.
An execution error results if an attempt was made to use a character that
cannot be used in (data).
An execution error results if an attempt was made to specify a character
string that consisted of 9 or more characters.

Example

Transmission

":DEM:DATA:FILE TEST"

Sets "TEST" as the file name for Demand measurement mode FD output.

DEMand:DATAout:FILEname?
Demand measurement FD output file name query
Syntax
Function
Response
syntax

DEMand:DATAout:FILEname?
Returns the name of the file used for Demand measurement mode FD
output in (data) in the form of a character string.
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

":DEMAND:DATAOUT:FILENAME data"
"data"

If headers are ON

Example
Transmission
Response

If headers are OFF

":DEM:DATA:FILE?"
":DATA:DEM:FILE?"
":DEMAND:DATAOUT:FILENAME TEST" "TEST"

11.4 Command Reference

182

DEMand:DATAout:ITEM
Demand print/save item setting
Syntax
data

DEMand:DATAout:ITEM data1,data2,data3,data4
data1, data2, data3,data4 0 to 255 (numerical data in NR 1)
128

64

bit 7 bit 6

32

16

bit 5

bit 4

bit 3

bit 2

bit 1

bit 0

Instantaneous
power

Instantaneous
current

Instantaneous
voltage

Maximum
power

Maximum
current

Maximum
voltage

data1

data2

Minimum
power

Minimum
current

Minimum
voltage

data3

Power
Average
integration value

data4

Integration Monthly
report

Weekly
report

Daily
report

Demand

Function Sets the print/save items for Demand measurement mode. Send data with
the bits corresponding to the items to be output set.
No error results if a bit with no corresponding item is set.

Error If the value other than setting limit is set, an execution error is generated.
In the following circumstances, a device dependent error generated:
If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for or
during demand measurement.
In the event of a system error.

Example

Transmission

":DEM:DATA:ITEM 7,63,3,31"

Sets the Demand measurement mode print/save items to "all data".

DEMand:DATAout:ITEM?
Demand print/save item query
Syntax
Function

Response
syntax

DEMand:DATAout:ITEM?
Returns the print/save items for Demand measurement mode as a
numerical value (data1, data2, data3, data4) in NR1 format. This value is
one of the set: 0 through 255.
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

":DEMAND:DATAOUT:ITEM data1,data2,data3,data4"
"data1,data2,data3,data4"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":DEM:DATA:ITEM?"
":DEMAND:DATAOUT:ITEM
7,0,0,0"

":DEM:DATA:ITEM?"
"7,0,0,0"

11.4 Command Reference

183

DEMand:STARt
Demand measurement start in demand measurement mode
Syntax
data
Function

DEMand:STARt
No present
Puts demand measurement into the wait state.

Note

If this command is executed, the power meter enters the demand


measurement wait state. If the demand measurement start time has
already passed when the power meter enters this state, demand
measurement is not executed.

Error

In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:


If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for or
during demand measurement.
In the event of a system error.

Example

Transmission

":DEM:STAR"

Puts demand measurement into the wait state.

11.4 Command Reference

184

DEMand:STARt:TIME
Demand measurement start time setting
Syntax
data

Function
Note

DEMand:STARt:TIME data1,data2,data3,data4,data5
data1
data2
data3
data4
data5

Year
Month
Day
Hours
Minutes

1980 to 2079 (numerical data in NR1


1 to 12
(numerical data in NR1
1 to 31
(numerical data in NR1
0 to 23
(numerical data in NR1
0 to 59
(numerical data in NR1

format)
format)
format)
format)
format)

Sets the demand measurement start time.


If a time that has already passed is set, demand measurement does not
begin.

Error An execution error occurs if a nonexistent date is set.


In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:
If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for or
during demand measurement.
In the event of a system error.

Example

Transmission

":DEM:STAR:TIME 1997,1,8,20,45"

Sets the demand measurement start time to 20:45:00 on January 8, 1997.

DEMand:STARt:TIME?
Demand measurement start time query
Syntax
Function
Response
syntax

DEMand:STARt:TIME?
The demand start time is returned in (data1) through (data5). (All as NR1
numeric data.)
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

":DEMAND:START:TIME data1,data2,data3,data4,data5"
"data1,data2,data3,data4,data5"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":DEM:STAR:TIME?"
":DEMAND:START:TIME
1997,1,8,20,45"

":DEM:STAR:TIME?"
"1997,1,8,20,45"

11.4 Command Reference

185

DEMand:STATe?
Demand measurement status query
Syntax
data

Function
Response
syntax

DEMand:STATe?
0,
0:
1:
2:
3:

1, 2, 3 (NR1 numeric data)


Reset
In standby
Demanding
Stopped

Returns the demand measurement status by means of NR1 numeric data


(data).
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

":DEMAND:STATE data"
"data"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":DEM:STATE?"
":DEMAND:STATE 1"

":DEM:STAT?"
"1"

DEMand:STOP
Demand measurement stop in demand measurement mode
Syntax
data
Function
Error

Example

DEMand:STARt
No present
Stops demand measurement.
In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:
If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for or
during demand measurement.
In the event of a system error.
Transmission

":DEM:STAR"

Stops demand measurement.

11.4 Command Reference

186

DEMand:STOP:TIME
Demand measurement stop time setting
Syntax
data

Function

DEMand:STOP:TIME data1,data2,data3,data4,data5
data1
data2
data3
data4
data5

Year
Month
Day
Hours
Minutes

1980 to 2079 (numerical data in NR1


1 to 12
(numerical data in NR1
1 to 31
(numerical data in NR1
0 to 23
(numerical data in NR1
0 to 59
(numerical data in NR1

format)
format)
format)
format)
format)

Sets the demand measurement stop time.

Error If an attempt was made to specify a nonexistent date, a command error is


generated.
An execution error results if an attempt was made to set a time that
precedes the demand measurement start time.
In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:
If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for or
during demand measurement.
In the event of a system error.

Example

Transmission

":DEM:STOP:TIME 1997,02,28,18,04"

Sets the demand measurement stop time to 16:18:04 on February 28, 1997.

DEMand:STOP:TIME?
Demand measurement stop time query
Syntax
Function
Response
syntax

DEMand:STOP:TIME?
Returns the demand measurement stop time in (data1) through (data5), all
in the form of NR1 numeric data.
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

":DEMAND:STOP:TIME data1,data2,data3,data4,data5"
"data1,data2,data3,data4,data5"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":DEM:STOP:TIME?"
":DEMAND:STOP:TIME
1997,02,28,18,04"

":DEM:STOP:TIME?"
"1997,02,28,18,04"

11.4 Command Reference

187

DEMand:TIME
Demand time setting
Syntax
data

Function

DEMand:TIME data
0,
0:
1:
2:
3:
4:
5:

1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 (numerical data in NR1 format)


5 minutes
6: 3 hours
10 minutes
7: 4 hours
15 minutes
8: 6 hours
30 minutes
9: 8 hours
1 hour
10: 12 hours
2 hours

Sets the demand measurement time.

Error An execution error results if any value other than that indicated above is
set for (data).
In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:
If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for or
during demand measurement.
In the event of a system error.

Example

Transmission

":DEM:TIME 3"

Sets the demand measurement time to 30 minutes.

DEMand:TIME?
Demand time query
Syntax
Function
Response
syntax

DEMand:TIME?
Returns the demand period setting.
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

":DEMAND:TIME data"
"data"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":DEM:TIME?"
":DEMAND:TIME 3"

":DEM:TIME?"
"3"

11.4 Command Reference

188

DEMand:TRANs
Transformer capacity setting
Syntax
data

DEMand:TRANs data
0 to 1000000 (numerical data in NR1 format)

Function Sets the transformer capacity. The unit is " VA".


Although values in NRf format are accepted in (data).

Note

If the transformer capacity is set to "0", the TLF calculation is not made.

Error

An execution error results if an attempt was made to set a value outside of


the range indicated above.

Example

Transmission

":DEM:TRAN 3000"

Sets the transformer capacity to 3 kVA.

DEMand:TRANs?
Transformer capacity query
Syntax
Function
Response
syntax

DEMand:TRANs?
Returns the transformer capacity setting by means of NR3 numeric data
(data).
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

":DEMAND data"
"data"

data

+1.2345E+03 (numerical data in NR3) format

Example
Transmission
Response

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":DEM:TRAN?"
":DEMAND:TRANS +1.2345E+03"

":DEM:TRAN?"
"+1.2345E+03"

11.4 Command Reference

189

DISPlay?
Display screen query
Syntax
Function

DISPlay?
Returns the screen that is currently being displayed.

Note Note that if the header setting is OFF, only the data portion is returned,
making it impossible to determine which screen is being displayed.
If FD mode or Setting mode is displayed, the response is "FD" or
"STATUS, respectively.

Response
syntax

If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

":DISP:INTEGRATE data"
"data"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":DISP?"
":DISPLAY:NORMAL 1"

":DISP?"
"1"

11.4 Command Reference

190

DISPlay:DEMand
Demand measurement mode display
Syntax
data

Function

DISPlay:DEMand data
1 to 16 (numerical data in NR1 format)
1: Instantaneous value
2: Integrated minimum/maximum
3: Integrated 1/2
4: Integrated 2/2
5: Demand minimum/maximum
6: Demand 1/2
7: Demand 2/2
8: Daily report minimum/maximum
9: Daily report 1/2
10:Daily report 2/2
11:Weekly report minimum/maximum
12:Weekly report 1/2
13:Weekly report 2/2
14:Monthly report minimum/maximum
15:Monthly report 1/2
16:Monthly report 2/2
Displays the Demand measurement mode screen.

Note If this command is executed, the current maximum/minimum value data


and the integrated measurement data are reset.
If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for or during
integrated measurement, a device-dependent error results. Use the STOP
command to release the power meter from the integrating state before
executing this command.

Error In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:


If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for or
during integrated measurement.
In the event of a system error.
An execution error results if any value other than that indicated above is
set for (data).

Example

Transmission

":DISPLAY:DEMAND 1"

Displays the Demand mode "Instantaneous Value" screen.

11.4 Command Reference

191

DISPlay:INTEgrate
Integrated measurement mode display
Syntax
data

Function

DISPlay:INTEgrate data
1,
1:
2:
3:
4:

2, 3, 4 (numerical data in NR1 format)


Instantaneous value
Minimum/maximum
Integrated 1/2
Integrated 2/2

Displays the Integrated Measurement mode screen.

Note If this command is executed, the current minimum/maximum value data


and the integrated measurement data are reset.
If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for or during
demand measurement, a device-dependent error results. Use the STOP
command to release the power meter from the integrating state before
executing this command.

Error In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generate:


If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for or
during demand measurement.
In the event of a system error.
An execution error results if any value other than that indicated above is
set for (data).

Example

Transmission

":DISP:INTE 1"

Displays the Integrated mode "Instantaneous Value" screen.

11.4 Command Reference

192

DISPlay:NORMal
Normal measurement mode display
Syntax
data

Function

DISPlay:NORMal data
1, 2 (numerical data in NR1 format)
1:Instantaneous value
2: Minimum/maximum
Displays the Normal Measurement mode screen.

Note If this command is executed, the current maximum/minimum value data


and the integrated measurement data are reset.
If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for or
executing integrated measurement or demand measurement. Use the
STOP command to release the power meter from the integrating state
before executing this command.

Error In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated.


(1) If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for or
executing integrated measurement or demand measurement.
(2) In the event of a system error.
An execution error results if any value other than that indicated above is
set for (data).

Example

Transmission

":DISP:NORM 1"

Displays the Normal Measurement mode "Instantaneous Value" screen.

11.4 Command Reference

193

DISPlay:INItial
Initial screen display
Syntax
data
Function

DISPlay:INItial
No present
Displays the initial screen.

Note

If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for or


executing integrated measurement and demand measurement, a devicedependent error results. Use the STOP command to release the power
meter from the integrating state before executing this command.

Error

In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:


If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for or
executing integrated measurement and demand measurement.
In the event of a system error.

Example

Transmission

":DISP:INI"

Displays the initial screen.

DRESet
Data reset execution
Syntax
data
Function
Error

Example

DRESet
No present
Executes a data reset, clearing the minimum/maximum value data,
integrated data, and demand data.
In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:
If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for or
executing integrated measurement and demand measurement.
) In the event of a system error.
Transmission

":DRES"

Executes a data reset.

11.4 Command Reference

194

FREQuency
Measurement line frequency setting
Syntax
data
Function

FREQuency data
50, 60, 400 (numerical data in NR1 format)
Sets the frequency of the line that is to be measured.

Note

If this setting is not correct, it may be impossible to obtain correct


measurements.

Error

An execution error results if any value other than that indicated above is
set for (data).

Example

Transmission

":FREQ 60"

Sets the frequency of the line being measured as "60 Hz".

FREQuency?
Measurement line frequency setting query
Syntax
Function
Response
syntax

FREQuency?
Returns the setting for the frequency of the line being measured.
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

":FREQUENCY data"
"data"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":FREQ?"
":FREQUENCY 60"

":FREQ?"
"60"

11.4 Command Reference

195

HEADer
Header setting
Syntax
data

HEADer data
ON, OFF (character data)

Function

Sets whether or not a header is included in RS-232C command responses.

Error

A device-dependent error results if any character data other than "ON" or


"OFF" is set for <data>. (While in integrated measurement or demand
measurement standby, or during integrated measurement)

Example

Transmission

":HEAD OFF"

Sets the header to OFF.

HEADer?
Header setting query
Syntax
Function
Note
Response
syntax

HEADer?
Returns the header setting.
With this query, if any error occurs, no response message is produced.
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

":HEADER data"
"OFF"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":HEAD?"
":HEADER ON"

":HEAD?"
"OFF"

11.4 Command Reference

196

HOLD
Data hold setting
Syntax
data
Function
Error
Example

HOLD data
ON, OFF (character data)
Sets data hold measurement to ON or OFF.
An execution error results if a character setting other than those indicated
above is specified in (data).
Transmission

":HOLD ON"

Sets the data hold to ON.

HOLD?
Hold setting query
Syntax
Function
Response
syntax

HOLD?
Returns the data hold setting.
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

":HOLD data"
"data"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":HOLD?"
":HOLD ON"

":HOLD?"
"ON"

11.4 Command Reference

197

INTEgrate:AUOT
Integrated measurement D/A output item setting
Syntax
data

Function

DEMand:AOUT data1,data2,data3,data4
U1, U2, U3, UAVE (character data)
I1, I2, I3, IAVE
(character data)
P, Q, S, PF, F
(character data)
WP, +WP, -WP
(character data)
Sets the D/A output (channels 1 to 4) items in Integrated measurement
mode.

Error An execution error results if any data other than that indicated above is set
for (data1), (data2), (data3), or (data4).
In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:
If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for or
during integrated measurement.
If an item that was specified (U2, U3, UAVE, I2, I3, IAVE) is not
available for the line being measured.
In the event of a system error.

Example

Transmission

":INTE:AOUT U1,P,Q,S"

Sets the D/A output item CH1 to "U1", CH2 to "P", CH3 to "Q", and CH4 to
"S" in Integrated measurement mode.

INTEgrate:AUTO?
Integrated measurement D/A output item query
Syntax
Function
Response
syntax

INTEgrate:AOUT?
Returns the Integrated mode D/A output item settings in (data1) through
(data4) in the form of character data.
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

":INTEGRATE:AOUT data1,data2,data3,data4"
"data1,data2,data3,data4"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":INTE:AOUT?"
":INTEGRATE:AOUT U1,P,Q,S"

":INTE:AOUT?"
"U1,P,Q,S"

11.4 Command Reference

198

INTEgrate:AOUT:RATE
Integrated measurement D/A output rate setting
Syntax
data

Function

INTEgrate:AOUT:RATE data
1,
1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
6:

2, 3, 4, 5 ,6 (numerical data in NR1 format)


5 V/5 kWh
5 V/10 kWh
5 V/50 kWh
5 V/100 kWh
5 V/500 kWh
5 V/1 MWh

Sets the output rate when an integrated value was specified for the D/A
output in Integrated mode.

Error An execution error results if any value other than that indicated above is set
for (data).
In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:
If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for or
during integrated measurement.
In the event of a system error.

Example

Transmission

":INTE:AOUT:RATE 1"

Sets the D/A output item to 5 V/5 kWh in Integrated measurement mode.

INTEgrate:AOUT:RATE?
Integrated measurement D/A output rate query
Syntax
Function
Response
syntax

INTEgrate:AOUT:RATE?
Returns the Integrated mode D/A output rate setting.
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

":INTEGRATE:AOUT:RATE data"
"data"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":INTE:AOUT:RATE?"
":INTEGRATE:AOUT:RATE 1"

":INTE:AOUT:RATE?"
"1"

11.4 Command Reference

199

INTEgrate:DATAout:FD
Integrated measurement mode FD automatic output setting
Syntax
data
Function
Note

INTEgrate:DATAout:FD data
ON, OFF (character data)
Sets Integrated measurement mode FD automatic output to ON or OFF.
If there is no FDD unit connected, if there is no floppy disk loaded in the
drive, if an existing file name is being used, or if the disk is write-protected,
this command itself ends normally, but the first attempt to execute
automatic output will generate an error, and automatic output will not be
executed.

Error If data is set to character data other than "ON" or "OFF", an execution
error is generated.
In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:
If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for or
during integrated measurement.
In the event of a system error.

Example

Transmission

":INTE:DATA:FD ON"

Sets integrated mode FD automatic output to on.

INTEgrate:DATAout:FD?
Integrated measurement mode FD automatic output query
Syntax
Function
Response
syntax

INTEgrate:DATAout:FD?
Returns the current Integrated measurement mode FD automatic output
query indataas either ON or OFF.
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

":INTEGRATE:DATAOUT:FD data"
"data"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":INTE:DATA:FD?"
":INTEGRATE:DATAOUT:FD ON"

":INTE:DATA:FD?"
"ON"

11.4 Command Reference

200

INTEgrate:DATAout:FILEname
Integrated measurement FD output file name setting
Syntax
data
Function

INTEgrate:DATAout:FILEname data
Character string consisting of up to 8 normal-sized characters
Sets the file name that is used for Demand measurement mode FD output.

Note The following characters can be used in file names:


Upper-case letters from A to Z
Numbers form 0 to 9
-, ^, $ , ~ , ! , # , % , & , - , { , } , ( , ) , @ , ,
Shift JIS codes
A file extension cannot be specified.
If there is no FDD unit connected, if there is no floppy disk loaded in the
drive, if an existing file name is being used, or if the disk is write-protected,
this command itself ends normally, but the first attempt to execute
automatic output will generate an error, and automatic output will not be
executed.

Error An execution error results if an attempt was made to use a character that
cannot be used in (data).
An execution error results if an attempt was made to specify a character
string that consisted of 9 or more characters.
In the following circumstances, a device dependent error generated:
If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for or
during integrated measurement.
In the event of a system error.

Example

Transmission

":INTE:DATA:FILE TEST"

Sets "TEST" as the file name for Integrated measurement mode FD output.

INTEgrate:DATAout:FILEname?
Integrated measurement FD output file name query
Syntax
Function
Response
syntax

INTEgrate:DATAout:FILEname data
Returns the name of the file used for Integrated measurement mode FD
output in (data) in the form of a character string.
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

":INTEGRATE:DATAOUT:FILENAME data"
"data"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":INTE:DATA:FILE?"
":INTEGRATE:DATAOUT:FILENAME TEST"

":INTE:DATA:FILE?"
"TEST"

11.4 Command Reference

201

INTEgrate:DATAout:ITEM
Integrated measurement print/save item setting
Syntax
data

INTEgrate:DATAout:ITEM data1,data2,data3
data1, data2, data3 0 to 255 (numerical data in NR 1)
128

64

bit 7 bit 6

32

16

bit 5

bit 4

bit 3

bit 2

bit 1

bit 0

Instantaneou
power

Instantaneou
current

Instantaneou
voltage

Maximum
power

Maximum
current

Maximum
voltage

data1

data2

Minimum
power

Minimum
current

Minimum
voltage

data3

Power
Average
integration value

Function Sets the save/print items for Integrated measurement mode. Send data
with the bits corresponding to the items to be output set to "1".
No error results if a bit with no corresponding item is set.

Error If the value other than setting limit is set, an execution error is generated.
In the following circumstances, a device dependent error generated:
If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for or
during integrated measurement.
In the event of a system error.

Example

Transmission

":INTE:DATA:ITEM 7,63,3"

Sets the Integrated measurement mode save/print items to "all data".

INTEgrate:DATAout:ITEM?
Integrated measurement print/save item query
Syntax
Function

Response
syntax

INTEgrate:DATAout:ITEM?
Returns the items set for print/save in Integrated measurement mode in
(data1), (data2), or (data3) in the form of NR1 numeric data ranging from
0 to 255.
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

":INTEGRATE:DATAOUT:ITEM data1,data2,data3"
"data1,data2,data3"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":INTE:DATA:ITEM?"
":INTEGRATE:DATAOUT:ITEM 7,0,0"

":INTE:DATA:ITEM?"
"7,0,0"

11.4 Command Reference

202

INTEgrate:INTerval
Output interval setting
Syntax
data
Function

INTEgrate:INTerval data1,data2
data1 Hours
data2 Minutes

0 to 1000 (numerical data in NR1 format)


0 to 59 (numerical data in NR1 format)

Sets the output interval timer (the automatic output interval during
integration).

Error An execution error results if an attempt is made to set a time outside of the
ranges indicated above.
In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:
If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for or
during integrated measurement.
In the event of a system error.

Example

Transmission

":INTE:INT 1,0"

Sets the output interval timer to 1 hour.

INTEgrate:INTerval?
Output interval timer query
Syntax
Function
Response
syntax

INTEgrate:INTerval?
Returns the output interval timer in (data1), (data2) in the form of NR1
numeric data .
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

":INTEGRATE:INTERVAL data1,data2"
"data1,data2"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":INTE:INT?"
":INTEGRATE:INTERVAL 1,0"

":INTE:INT?"
"1,0"

11.4 Command Reference

203

INTEgrate:STARt
Integrated measurement start in integrated measurement mode
Syntax
data
Function

INTEgrate:STARt
No present
Starts integration.

Note

If the integration start method is set to "TIME", the power meter enters the
integrated measurement wait state. If the integrated measurement start
time has already passed when the power meter enters this state,
integration is not executed.

Error

In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:


If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for or
during integrated measurement.
In the event of a system error.

Example

Transmission

":INTE:STAR"

Starts integration (or puts the power meter in the integrated measurement
wait state).

11.4 Command Reference

204

INTEgrate:STARt:METHod
Integrated measurement start method setting
Syntax
data
Function

INTEgrate:STARt:METHod data
MANUAL, TIME (character data)
Sets the integrated measurement start method.

Error In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:


If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for or
during integrated measurement.
In the event of a system error.
An command error results if an attempt was made to use a character that
cannot be used in (data).

Example

Transmission

":INTE:STAR:METH TIME"

Sets the integrated measurement start method to TIME.

INTEgrate:STARt:METHod?
Integrated measurement start method query
Syntax
Function
Response
syntax

INTEgrate:STARt:METHod?
Returns the Integrated measurement start time settings in (data) in the
form of character data.
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

":INTEGRATE:START:METHOD data"
"data"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":INTE:STAR:METH?"
":INTEGRATE:START:METHOD
TIME"

":INTE:STAR:METH?"
"TIME"

11.4 Command Reference

205

INTEgrate:STARt:TIME
Integrated measurement start method setting
Syntax
data

Function
Note

INTEgrate:STARt:TIME data1,data2,data3,data4,data5
data1
data2
data3
data4
data5

Year
Month
Day
Hours
Minutes

1980 to 2079 (numerical data in NR1


1 to 12
(numerical data in NR1
1 to 31
(numerical data in NR1
0 to 23
(numerical data in NR1
0 to 59
(numerical data in NR1

format)
format)
format)
format)
format)

Sets the Integrated measurement start time.


If a time that has already passed is set, integrated measurement does not
begin.

Error An execution error occurs if a nonexistent date is set.


In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:
If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for or
during integrated measurement.
In the event of a system error.

Example

Transmission

":INTE:STAR:TIME 1997,1,8,20,45"

Sets the Integrated measurement start time to 20:45 on January 8, 1997.

INTEgrate:STARt:TIME?
Integrated measurement start time query
Syntax
Function
Response
syntax

INTEgrate:STARt:TIME?
The integrated measurement start time is returned in (data1) through
(data6). (All as NR1 numeric data.)
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

":INTE:STAR:TIME?"
"data1,data2,data3,data4,data5"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":DEM:STAR:TIME?"
":INTEGRATE:START:TIME
1997,1,8,20,45"

":INTE:STAR:TIME?"
"1997,1,8,20,45"

11.4 Command Reference

206

INTEgrate:STATe?
Integrated measurement status query
Syntax
data

Function
Response
syntax

INTEgrate:STATe?
0,
0:
1:
2:
3:

1, 2, 3 (NR1 numeric data)


Reset
In standby
Demanding
Stopped

Returns the demand measurement status by means of NR1 numeric data


(data).
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

":INTEGRATE:STATE data"
"data"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":INTE:STAT?"
":INTEGRATE:STATE 1"

":INTE:STAT?"
"1"

INTEgrate:STOP
Integrated measurement stop in integrated measurement mode
Syntax
data
Function
Error

Example

INTEgrate:STOP
No present
Stops integration.
In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:
If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for or
during integrated measurement.
In the event of a system error.
Transmission

":INTE:STOP"

Stops integration.

11.4 Command Reference

207

INTEgrate:STOP:METHod
Integrated measurement stop method setting
Syntax
data
Function

INTEgrate:STOP:METHod data
MANUAL, TIME, TIMER (character data)
Sets the integrated measurement stop method.

Error In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:


If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for or
during integrated measurement.
In the event of a system error.
An command error results if an attempt was made to use a character that
cannot be used in (data).

Example

Transmission

":INTE:STOP:METH MANUAL"

Sets the integrated measurement start method to MANUAL.

INTEgrate:STOP:METHod?
Integrated measurement start method query
Syntax
Function
Response
syntax

INTEgrate:STOP:METHod?
Returns the integrated measurement start time settings in (data) in the
form of character data.
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

":INTEGRATE:STOP:METHOD data"
"data"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":INTE:STOP:METH?"
":INTEGRATE:STOP:METHOD
MANUAL"

":INTE:STOP:METH?"
"MANUAL"

11.4 Command Reference

208

INTEgrate:STOP:TIME
Integration stop time setting
Syntax
data

Function

INTEgrate:STOP:TIME data1,data2,data3,data4,data5
data1
data2
data3
data4
data5

Year
Month
Day
Hours
Minutes

1980 to 2079 (numerical data in NR1


1 to 12
(numerical data in NR1
1 to 31
(numerical data in NR1
0 to 23
(numerical data in NR1
0 to 59
(numerical data in NR1

format)
format)
format)
format)
format)

Sets the Integration stop time.

Error An execution error occurs if a nonexistent date is set.


An execution error results if a time that has already passed is set.
In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:
If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for or
during integrated measurement.
In the event of a system error.

Example

Transmission

":INTE:STOP:TIME 1997,1,9,20,45"

Sets the Integrated measurement stop time to 20:45 on January 9, 1997.

INTEgrate:STOP:TIME?
Integration stop time query
Syntax
Function
Response
syntax

INTEgrate:STOP:TIME?
The integrated measurement stop time is returned in (data1) through
(data5). (All as NR1 numeric data.)
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

":INTEGRATE:STOP:TIME data1,data2,data3,data4,data5"
"data1,data2,data3,data4,data5"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":INTE:STOP:TIME?"
":INTEGRATE:STOP:TIME
1997,1,9,20,45"

":INTE:STOP:TIME?"
"1997,1,9,20,45"

11.4 Command Reference

209

INTEgrate:TIMEr
Integrated timer setting
Syntax
data

Function
Note

INTEgrate:TIMEr data1,data2,data3
data1 Hours
data2 Minutes
data3 Seconds

10 to 1000 (numerical data in NR1 format)


0 to 59
(numerical data in NR1 format)
0 to 59
(numerical data in NR1 format)

Sets the integrated timer (integration time).


The minimum value for the integration timer is 10 seconds; the maximum
value is 1000 hours.

Error An execution error results if an attempt is made to set a time outside of the
ranges indicated above.
In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:
If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for or
during integrated measurement.
In the event of a system error.

Example

Transmission

":INTE:TIME 10,0,0"

Sets the integration timer (integration time) to 10 hours.

INTEgrate:TIMEr?
Integrated timer query
Syntax
Function
Response
syntax

INTEgrate:TIMEr?
Returns the integrated timer (integration time) setting.
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

":INTEGRATE:TIMER data1,data2,data3"
"data1,data2,data3"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":INTE:TIME?"
":INTEGRATE:TIMER 10,0,0"

":INTE:TIME?"
"10,0,0"

11.4 Command Reference

210

KLOCk
Key lock execution
Syntax
data
Function

KLOCk data
ON, OFF (character data)
Locks the keys.

Error In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:


When this command is executed in a mode other than measurement
mode.
In the event of a system error.
An execution error results if an attempt was made to use a character that
cannot be used in (data).

Example

Transmission

":KLOC ON"

Locks the keys.

KLOCk?
Key lock execution query
Syntax
Function
Response
syntax

KLOCk?
Returns the key lock execution status in (data) as either ON or OFF.
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

":KLOCK data"
"data"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":KLOC?"
":KLOCK ON"

":KLOC?"
"ON"

11.4 Command Reference

211

MEASure:DEMand:INSTant?
Demand measurement instantaneous data query
Syntax
data

MEASure:DEMand:INSTant? data1,data2
data1 0 to 255: Voltage, current instantaneous value specification
(numerical data in NR 1)
data2 0 to 255: Power instantaneous value specification
(numerical data in NR 1)
128

64

bit 7 bit 6

data1

Iave

data2

Function
Response
syntax

16

bit 5

bit 4

bit 3

bit 2

bit 1

bit 0

I2

I1

Uave

U3

U2

U1

PF

Returns the data for the measurement item specified by (data1) and
(data2).
Headers
Data formats

Note

I3

32

U1,U2,U3,Uave,I1,I2,I3,Iave
P,Q,S,PF,F (data2)
+123.45E+67

(data1)

The message unit separator can be switched from a semicolon (";") to a


comma (",") with the "TRANsmit:SEParator" command.

Error In the following circumstances, a device dependent error generated:


If the measurement mode is not Demand Measurement mode
In the event of a system error.
If a value outside of the setting range is set for either <data1> or <data2>, a
command error results.

Example

Transmission

":MEAS:DEM:INST? 255,0"

Inquires about "U1", "U2", "U3", "Uave", "I1" ,"I2", "I3", and "Iave" from the
measurement data.

11.4 Command Reference

212

MEASure:DEMand:DEMand?
Demand measurement demand data query
Syntax
data

MEASure:DEMand:DEMand? data1,data2,data3,data4,data5,data6,data7,
data8,data9,data10,data11,data12,data13
data1
data2
data3
data4
data5
data6
data7
data8
data9
data10
data11
data12
data13

0 to 255 Voltage, current maximum value specification


(numerical data in NR1 format)
0 to 255 Power maximum value specification
(numerical data in NR1 format)
0 to 255 Voltage, current maximum value generation time
specification (numerical data in NR1 format)
0 to 255 Power maximum value generation time specification
(numerical data in NR1 format)
0 to 255 Voltage, current minimum value generation time
specification (numerical data in NR1 format)
0 to 255 Power minimum value generation time specification
(numerical data in NR1 format)
0 to 255 Voltage, current minimum value generation time
specification (numerical data in NR1 format)
0 to 255 Power minimum value generation time specification
(numerical data in NR1 format)
0 to 255 Integrated active power, integrated reactive power
specification (numerical data in NR1 format)
0 to 255 Integrated apparent power specification
(numerical data in NR1 format)
0 to 255 Average value within a time period specification
(numerical data in NR1 format)
0 to 255 Maximum average value specification
(numerical data in NR1 format)
0 to 255 Maximum average value generation time specification
(numerical data in NR1 format)

11.4 Command Reference

213

128

64

32

bit 7

bit 6

bit 5

16

bit 4

bit 3

bit 2

bit 1

bit 0

data1

I3max I2max

I1max

U3max

U2max

U1max

data2

Fmax DF-max

PFmax Smax

Q-max

Qmax

Pmax

DTU3
max

DTU2
max

DTU1
max

data3

qtime DTI3
max

DTI2max

DTI1
max

data4

start

DTPFmax

DTPF
max

DTF
max

DTSmax

DTPmax

data5

I3min I2min

I1min

U3min

U2min

U1min

data6

Fmin

PF-min

PFmin Smin

Q-min

Qmin

Pmin

data7

DTI3
min

DTI2min

DTI1
min

DTU3min DTU2min DTU1min

data8

DTF
min

DTPF-min DTPF
min

DTSmin

DTQ-min

DTQmin

DTPmin

WQ-

WQ

WP-

WP+

WP

WS-

WS+

WS

Save

Qave

Pave

data9

WQ+

data10

Function

DTQ-max DTQmax

data11

TLF

data12

TLFmax

PFavemax Savemax Qavemax Pavemax

data13

DTTLFmax

DTPFave
max

LF

PFave

DTSave
max

DTQave
max

DTPave
max

Returns data on the measurement items specified by (data1) to (data13).

11.4 Command Reference

214

Response Headers
syntax
U1max,U2max,U3max,I1max,I2max,I3max

data1

Pmax,Qmax,Q-max,Smax,PFmax,PF-max,Fmax

data2

U1max DATE,U1max TIME,U2maxDATE,U2max TIMEU3max DATE,


U3max TIME,I1max DATE,I1max TIME,I2max DATE,I2max TIME,
I3max DATE,I3max TIME,OUTPUT DATE,OUTPUT TIME

data3

Pmax DATE,Pmax TIME,Qmax DATE,Qmax TIME,Q-max DATE,


Q-max TIME,Smax TIME,Smax DATE,PFmax DATE,PFmax TIME,
PF-max DATE,PF-max TIME,Fmax DATE,Fmax TIME,
START DATE,START TIME

data4

U1min,U2min,U3min,I1min,I2min,I3min

data5

Pmin,Qmin,Q-min,Smin,PFmin,PF-min,Fmin

data6

U1min DATE,U1min TIME,U2min DATE,U2min TIME,


U3min DATE,U3min TIME,I1min DATE,I1min TIME,I2min DATE,
I2min TIME,I3min DATE,I3min TIME

data7

Pmin DATE,Pmin TIME,Qmin DATE,Qmin TIME,Q-min DATE,


Q-min TIME,Smin DATE,Smin TIME,PFmin DATE,PFmin TIME,
PF-min DATE,PF-min TIME,Fmin DATE,Fmin TIME

data8

WP,WP+,WP-,WQ,WQ+,WQ-

data9

WS,WS+,WS-

data10

Pave,Qave,Save,PFave,LF,TLF

data11

Pavemax,Qavemax,Savemax,PFavemax,LFmax,TLFmax

data12

Pavemax DATE,Pavemax TIME,Qavemax DATE,


Qavemax TIME,Savemax DATE,Savemax TIME,
PFavemax DATE,PFavemax TIME,TLFmax DATE,TLFmax TIME

data13

Data formats
Date
Hours
Max and min data,PF,
F,PFave,Pave,Qave and
Save
Instantaneous value
data except PF,F
Integrated value

yy/mm/dd
hh:mm:ss
+123.4E+0(9 characters in all)

+123.45E+0(10 characters in all)


+123.456E+0(11 characters in all)

11.4 Command Reference

215

Note "qtime" for (data3) specifies the time at which this query was received.
"start" for (data4) specifies the starting time of the measurement for the
minimum/maximum values.
When "MEAS:DEMand:DEMand?" has been specified, nothing is output even
if "TLF" or "LF" is specified for (data11) and (data12) and (data13) are also
specified.
The message unit separator can be switched from a semicolon (";") to a
comma (",") with the "TRANsmit:SEParator" command.
If the reactive power meter method is not used, even if "WQ-" or "WQ+" is
specified for (data9), nothing is output.
If the reactive power meter method is used, even if "WS-" or "WS+" is
specified for (data10), nothing is output.

Error An execution error occurs if a nonexistent date is set.


In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:
If the measurement mode is not Demand measurement mode.
In the event of a system error.
When no items at all are specified.

Example

Transmission

":MEAS:DEM:DEM? 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,7,0,0"

Inquires about "Wh", "Wh+" and "Wh-" from the demand.

11.4 Command Reference

216

MEASure:DEMand:DAYly?
Demand measurement daily report data query
Syntax
data
Example

MEASure:DEMand:DAYly? data1,data2,data3,data4,data5,data6,data7,
data8,data9,data10,data11,data12,data13
Same as in (demand measurement demand data query)
MEASure:DEMand:DEMand?
Transmission

":MEAS:DEM:DAY? 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,7,0,0,0,0"

Inquires about "Wh", "Wh+" and "Wh-" from the daily report.

MEASure:DEMand:WEEKly?
Demand measurement weekly report data query
Syntax
data

MEASure:DEMand:WEEKly? data1,data2,data3,data4,data5,data6,data7,
data8,data9,data10,data11,data12,data13
Same as in (demand measurement demand data query)
MEASure:DEMand:DEMand?

MEASure:DEMand:MONthly?
Demand measurement monthly report data query
Syntax
data

MEASure:DEMand:MONthly? data1,data2,data3,data4,data5,data6,data7,
data8,data9,data10,data11,data12,data13
Same as in (demand measurement demand data query)
MEASure:DEMand:DEMand?

MEASure:DEMand:INTEgrate?
Demand measurement integrated data query
Syntax
data

MEASure:DEMand:INTEgrate? data1,data2,data3,data4,data5,data6,data7,
data8,data9,data10,data11,data12,data13
Same as in (demand measurement demand data query)
MEASure:DEMand:DEMand?

11.4 Command Reference

217

MEASure:INTEgrate?
Integrated measurement data query
Syntax
data

MEASure:INTEgrate? data1,data2,data3,data4,data5,data6,data7,
data8,data9,data10,data11,data12,data13
data1
data2
data3
data4
data5
data6
data7
data8
data9
data10
data11
data12
data13

0 to 255 Voltage, current instantaneous value specification


(numerical data in NR1 format)
0 to 255 Power instantaneous value specification
(numerical data in NR1 format)
0 to 255 Voltage, current maximum value specification
(numerical data in NR1 format)
0 to 255 Power maximum value specification
(numerical data in NR1 format)
0 to 255 Voltage, current maximum value generation time
specification (numerical data in NR1 format)
0 to 255 Power maximum value generation time specification
(numerical data in NR1 format)
0 to 255 Voltage, current minimum value specification
(numerical data in NR1 format)
0 to 255 Power minimum value specification
(numerical data in NR1 format)
0 to 255 Voltage, current minimum value generation time
specification (numerical data in NR1 format)
0 to 255 Power minimum value generation time specification
(numerical data in NR1 format)
0 to 255 Integrated active power, integrated reactive power,
specification (numerical data in NR1 format)
0 to 255 Integrated apparent power specification
(numerical data in NR1 format)
0 to 255 Average value within a time period specification
(numerical data in NR1 format)

11.4 Command Reference

218

data1

128

64

32

bit 7

bit 6

bit 5

Iave

I3

I2

16

bit 4

bit 3

bit 2

bit 1

bit 0

I1

Uave
S

data2

PF

data3

I3max I2max

I1

data4

Fmax PF-max

PF
max

data5

qtime DTI3
max

DTI2
max

DTI1
max

data6

start

DTPFmax

DTPF
max

DTF
max

Smax

DTSmax

U2

U1

U3max

U2
max

U1
max

Q-max

Qmax

Pmax

DTU3
max

DTU2
max

DTU1
max

DTQ-max DTQmax

DTPmax

U3min

U2min

U1min

Q-min

Qmin

Pmin

DU3min

DTU2min DTU1min

data7

I3min I2min

I1min

data8

Fmin

PF-min

PF
min

data9

DTI3
min

DTI2min

DTI1
min

data10

DTF
min

DTPF-min DTPF
min

DTSmin

DTQ-min

DTQmin

DTPmin

WQ-

WQ

WP-

WP+

WP

WS-

WS+

WS

Save

Qave

Pave

data11 etime

WQ+

Smin

data12
data13

Function

U3

PFave

Returns data on the measurement items specified by (data1) to (data13).

Response Headers
syntax
U1,U2,U3,Uave,I1,I2,I3,Iave

data1

P,Q,S,PF,F

data2

U1max,U2max,U3max,I1max,I2max,I3max

data3

Pmax,Qmax,Q-max,Smax,PFmax,PF-max,Fmax

data4

U1max DATE,U1max TIME,U2max DATE,U2max TIME,


U3max DATE,U3max TIME,I1max DATE,I1max TIME,
I2max DATE,I2max TIME,I3max DATE,I3max TIME,
OUTPUT DATE,OUTPUT TIME

data5

11.4 Command Reference

219

Pmax DATE,Pmax TIME,Qmax DATE,Qmax TIME,Q-max DATE,


Q-max TIME,Smax TIME,Smax DATE,PFmax DATE,PFmax TIME,
PF-max DATE,PF-max TIME,Fmax DATE,Fmax TIME,
START DATE,START TIME

data6

U1min,U2min,U3min,I1min,I2min,I3min

data7

Pmin,Qmin,Q-min,Smin,PFmin,PF-min,Fmin

data8

U1min DATE,UImin TIME,U2min DATE,U2min TIME,


U3min DATE,U3min TIME

data9

Pmin DATE,Pmin TIME,Qmin DATE,Qmin TIME,Q-min DATE,


Q-min TIME,Smin DATE,Smin TIME,PFmin DATE,PFmin TIME,
PF-min DATE,PF-minTIME,FminDATE,FminTIME

data10

WP,WP+,WP-,WQ,WQ+,WQ-,ELAPSED TIME

data11

WS,WS+,WS-

data12

Pave,Qave,Save,PFave

data13

Data formats
Date
Hours
Max, and min data,PF,
F,PFave
Instantaneous value
data except PF,F and
Pave,Qave and Save
Integrated data
Integrated elapsed
measurement time

yy/mm/dd
hh:mm:ss
+123.4E+0(9 characters in all)
+123.45E+0(10 characters in all)
+123.456E+0(11 characters in all)
hhhh:mm:ss

Note "qtime" for (data5) specifies the time at which this query was received.
"start" for (data6) specifies the starting time of the measurement for the
minimum/maximum values.
"etime" for (data11) specifies the time at which integrated elapsed
measurement time.
If the reactive power meter method is used, even if "WS-" or "WS+" is
specified for (data10), nothing is output.
If the reactive power meter method is not used, even if "WQ-" or "WQ+" is
specified for (data9), nothing is output.
The message unit separator can be switched from a semicolon (";") to a
comma (",") with the "TRANsmit:SEParator" command.

Error

Example

In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:


If the measurement mode is not Integrated measurement mode.
In the event of a system error.
When no items at all are specified.
Transmission

":MEAS:INTE? 255,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0"

Inquires about "U1", "U2", "U3", "Uave", "I1", "I2", "I3" and "Iave" from the
measurement data.

11.4 Command Reference

220

MEASure:NORMal?
Normal measurement data query
Syntax
data

MEASure:NORMal? data1,data2,data3,data4,data5,data6,data7,
data8,data9,data10
data1

0 to 255 Voltage, current instantaneous value specification


(numerical data in NR1 format)
data2 0 to 255 Power instantaneous value specification
(numerical data in NR1 format)
data3 0 to 255 Voltage, current maximum value specification
(numerical data in NR1 format)
data4 0 to 255 Power maximum value specification
(numerical data in NR1 format)
data5 0 to 255 Voltage, current maximum value generation time
specification (numerical data in NR1 format)
data6 0 to 255 Power maximum value generation time specification
(numerical data in NR1 format)
data7 0 to 255 Voltage, current minimum value specification
(numerical data in NR1 format)
data8 0 to 255 Power minimum value specification
(numerical data in NR1 format)
data9 0 to 255 Voltage, current minimum value generation time
specification (numerical data in NR1 format)
data10 0 to 255 Power minimum value generation time specification
(numerical data in NR1 format)

data1

128

64

32

bit 7

bit 6

bit 5

Iave

I3

I2

16

bit 4

bit 3

bit 2

bit 1

bit 0

I1

Uave
S

data2

PF

data3

I3max I2max

I1max

data4

Fmax PF-max

PF
max

data5

qtime DTI3
max

DTI2max

DTI1
max

data6

start

DTPFmax

DTPF
max

DTF
max

data7

I3min I2min

I1min

data8

Fmin

PF-min

PF
min

data9

DTI3
min

DTI2min

DTI1
min

data10

DTF
min

DTPF-min DTPF
min

Smax

DTSmax

Smin

DTSmin

U3

U2

U1

U3max

U2max

U1max

Q-max

Qmax

Pmax

DTU3
max

DTU2
max

DTU1
max

DTQ-max DTQmax

DTPmax

U3min

U2min

U1min

Q-min

Qmin

Pmin

DU3min

DTU2min DTU1min

DTQ-min

DTQmin

DTPmin

11.4 Command Reference

221

Function

Returns data on the measurement items specified by (data1) to (data10).

Response Headers
syntax
U1,U2,U3,Uave,I1,I2,I3,Iave

data1

P,Q,S,PF,F

data2

U1max,U2max,U3max,I1max,I2max,I3max

data3

Pmax,Qmax,Q-max,Smax,PFmax,PF-max,Fmax

data4

U1max DATE,U1max TIME,U2max DATE,U2max TIME,


U3max DATE,U3max TIME,I1max DATE,I1max TIME,
I2max DATE,I2max TIME,I3max DATE,I3max TIME,
OUTPUT DATE,OUTPUT TIME

data5

Pmax DATE,Pmax TIME,Qmax DATE,Qmax TIME,Q-max DATE,


Q-max TIME,Smax TIME,Smax DATE,PFmax DATE,PFmax TIME,
PF-max DATE,PF-max TIME,Fmax DATE,Fmax TIME,
START DATE,START TIME

data6

U1min,U2min,U3min,I1min,I2min,I3min

data7

Pmin,Qmin,Q-min,Smin,PFmin,PF-min,Fmin

data8

U1min DATE,UImin TIME,U2min DATE,U2min TIME,


U3min DATE,U3min TIME

data9

Pmin DATE,Pmin TIME,Qmin DATE,Qmin TIME,Q-min DATE,


Q-min TIME,Smin DATE,Smin TIME,PFmin DATE,PFmin TIME,
PF-min DATE,PF-minTIME,FminDATE,FminTIME

data10

Data formats
Date
Hours
Max and min data, PF,
F
Instantaneous value
data except PF,F

yy/mm/dd
hh:mm:ss
+123.4E+0(9 characters in all)
+123.45E+0(10 characters in all)

Note "qtime" for (data5) specifies the time at which this query was received.
"start" for (data6) specifies the starting time of the measurement for the
minimum/maximum values.
The message unit separator can be switched from a semicolon (";") to a
comma (",") with the "TRANsmit:SEParator" command.

Error

Example

In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:


If the measurement mode is not Normal measurement mode.
In the event of a system error.
When no items at all are specified.
Transmission

":MEAS:NORM? 255,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0"

Inquires about "U1", "U2", "U3", "Uave", "I1", "I2", "I3" and "Iave" from the
measurement data.

11.4 Command Reference

222

NORMal:AOUT
Normal measurement D/A output item setting
Syntax
data

Function

NORMal:AOUT data1,data2,data3,data4
U1, U2, U3, UAVE (character data)
I1, I2, I3, IAVE
(character data)
P, Q, S
(character data)
PF,F
(character data)
Sets the D/A output (channels 1 to 4) items in normal measurement mode.

Error An execution error results if any data other than that indicated above is set
for (data1), (data2), (data3), or (data4).
In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:
If an item that was specified (U2, U3, UAVE, I2, I3, IAVE) is not
available for the line being measured.
In the event of a system error.

Example

Transmission

":NORM:AOUT U1,P,Q,S"

Sets the D/A output item CH1 to "U1", CH2 to "P", CH3 to "Q", and CH4 to
"S" in Integrated measurement mode.

NORMal:AOUT?
Normal measurement D/A output item query
Syntax
Function
Response
syntax

NORMal:AOUT?
Returns the normal measurement mode D/A output item settings in
(data1) through (data4) in the form of character data.
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

":NORMAL:AOUT data1,data2,data3,data4"
"data1,data2,data3,data4"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":NORM:AOUT?"
":NORMAL:AOUT U1,P,Q,S"

":NORM:AOUT?"
"U1,P,Q,S"

11.4 Command Reference

223

NORMal:DATAout:FILEname
Normal measurement FD output file name setting
Syntax
data
Function

NORMal:DATAout:FILEname data
Character string consisting of up to 8 normal-sized characters
Sets the file name that is used for normal measurement mode FD output.

Note The following characters can be used in file names:


Upper-case letters from A to Z
Numbers form 0 to 9
-, ^, $ , ~ , ! , # , % , & , - , { , } , ( , ) , @ , ,
Shift JIS codes
A file extension cannot be specified.
If there is no FDD unit connected, if there is no floppy disk loaded in the
drive, if an existing file name is being used, or if the disk is write-protected,
this command itself ends normally.

Error An execution error results if an attempt was made to use a character that
cannot be used in (data).
An execution error results if an attempt was made to specify a character
string that consisted of 9 or more characters.
In the following circumstances, a device dependent error generated:
In the event of a system error.

Example

Transmission

":NORM:DATA:FILE TEST"

Sets "TEST" as the file name for normal measurement mode FD output.

NORMal:DATAout:FILEname?
Normal measurement FD output file name query
Syntax
Function
Response
syntax

NORMal:DATAout:FILEname?
Returns the name of the file used for normal measurement mode FD
output in (data) in the form of a character string.
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

":NORMAL:DATAOUT:FILENAME data"
"data"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":NORM:DATA:FILE?"
":NORMAL:DATAOUT:FILENAME TEST"

":NORM:DATA:FILE?"
"TEST"

11.4 Command Reference

224

NORMal:DATAout:ITEM
Normal measurement print/save item setting
Syntax
data

NORMal:DATAout:ITEM data1,data2
data1, data2 0 to 255 (numerical data in NR 1)
128

64

bit 7 bit 6

32

16

bit 5

bit 4

bit 3

bit 2

bit 1

bit 0

Instantaneou
power

Instantaneou
current

Instantaneou
voltage

Maximum
power

Maximum
current

Maximum
voltage

data1

data2

Minimum
power

Minimum
current

Minimum
voltage

Function Sets the print/save items for normal measurement mode. Send data with
the bits corresponding to the items to be output set.
No error results if a bit with no corresponding item is set.

Error If the value other than setting limit is set, an execution error is generated.
In the following circumstances, a device dependent error generated:
In the event of a system error.

Example

Transmission

":NORM:DATA:ITEM 7,63"

Sets the normal measurement mode print/save items to "all data".

NORMal:DATAout:ITEM?
Normal measurement print/save item query
Syntax
Function

Response
syntax

NORMal:DATAout:ITEM?
Returns the print/save items for normal measurement mode as a numerical
value (data1, data2) in NR1 format. This value is one of the set: 0 through
255.
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

":NORMAL:DATAOUT:ITEM data1,data2"
"data1,data2"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":NORM:DATA:ITEM?"
":NORMAL:DATAOUT:ITEM 7,0"

":NORM:DATA:ITEM?"
"7,0"

11.4 Command Reference

225

OPERationvar
Reactive power operation method setting
Syntax
data

Function
Note

OPERationvar data
ON, OFF (character data)
ON: Calculates the reactive power by means of the reactive power meter
method.
OFF: Calculates the reactive power on the basis of the effective value.
Sets whether or not the reactive power meter method is to be used.
If this command is executed, the current maximum/minimum value data is
reset. Does not utilize the reactive power meter method.

Error If data is set to character data other than "ON" or "OFF", a command error
is generated.
If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for or
executing integrated measurement and demand measurement.

Example

Transmission

":OPER OFF"

Specifies that the reactive meter method is not being used.

OPERationvar?
Reactive power operation method query
Syntax
Function
Response
syntax

OPERationvar?
Returns the reactive power operation method setting query in (data) as
either ON or OFF.
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

":OPERATIONVAR data"
"data"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":OPER?"
":OPERATIONVAR OFF"

":OPER?"
"OFF"

11.4 Command Reference

226

RESEt
System reset execution
Syntax
data
Function
Error
Example

RESEt
No present
Executes a system reset, restoring all settings to their factory settings.
In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:
In the event of a system error.
Transmission

":RESE"

Executes a system reset.

11.4 Command Reference

227

SAMPling
Sampling method setting
Syntax
data
Function
Note

SAMPling data
PLL, CLOCK (character data)
Sets the sampling method.
If this setting is incorrect, correct measurements will not be obtained.

Error If data is other than character data, a command error is generated.


If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for or
executing integrated measurement or demand measurement, a devicedependent error results.

Example

Transmission

":SAMP CLOCK"

Sets the sampling method to the fixed clock .

SAMPling?
Sampling method setting check query
Syntax
Function
Response
syntax

SAMPling?
Returns the sampling method setting in (data) as either PLL or CLOCK.
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

":SAMPLING data"
"data"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":SAMP?"
":SAMPLING CLOCK"

":SAMP?"
"CLOCK"

11.4 Command Reference

228

SCALe:CT
CT ratio setting
Syntax
data
Function

SCALe:CT data
0.01 to 10000.00 (numerical data in NR2 format)
The current value of CT ratio is set.

Note If this setting is incorrect, correct measurements will not be obtained.


If data is not in NRf format.

Error If the value other than setting limit is set, an execution error is generated.
If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for or
executing integrated measurement or demand measurement, a devicedependent error results.

Example

":SCAL:CT 1"
The CT ratio is set to 1.
Transmission

SCALe:CT?
CT ratio setting query
Syntax
Function
Note
Response
syntax

SCALe:CT?
The current value of CT ratio is returned as a numerical value (data) in
NR2 numerical format.
With this query, if any error occurs, no response message is produced.
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

data

Example
Transmission
Response

":SCALE:CT data"
"data"
+1.00000E-02 to +1.00000E+04
(numerical data in NR3 format)

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":SCAL:CT?"
":SCALE:CT +1.00000E+00"

":SCAL:CT?"
"+1.00000E+00"

11.4 Command Reference

229

SCALe:PT
PT ratio setting
Syntax
data

SCALe:PT data
1 to 10000 (numerical value in NR1 format)

Function The current value of PT ratio is set.


Note If data is other than character data, a command error is generated.
Setting the averaging count.

Error If the value other than setting limit is set, an execution error is generated.
If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for or
executing integrated measurement or demand measurement, a devicedependent error results.

Example

":SCAL:PT 1"
The PT ratio is set to 1.
Transmission

SCALe:PT?
PT ratio setting query
Syntax
Function
Response
syntax

SCALe:PT?
The current value of PT ratio is returned as a numerical value (data) in
NR1 numerical format.
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

":SCALE:PT data"
"data"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":SCAL:PT?"
":SCALE:PT 1"

":SCAL:PT?"
"1"

11.4 Command Reference

230

SOURce
PLL synchronization source, frequency measurement source setting
Syntax
data
Function
Note

SOURce data
U1, I1 (character data)
Sets the source for PLL synchronization and for frequency measurement.
If data is other than character data, a command error is generated.

Error If the value other than setting limit is set, an execution error is generated.
If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for or
executing integrated measurement or demand measurement, a devicedependent error results.

Example

":SOUR U1"
Sets the voltage (U1) as the source for PLL synchronization and for
frequency measurement.
Transmission

SOURce?
PLL synchronization source, frequency measurement source query
Syntax
Function
Response
syntax

SOURce?
Returns the PLL synchronization and frequency measurement source
setting in (data) as either U1 or I1.
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

":SOURCE data"
"data"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":SOUR?"
":SOURCE U1"

":SOUR?"
"U1"

11.4 Command Reference

231

TRANsmit:SEParator
Separator setting
Syntax
data

Function
Error
Example

TRANsmit:SEParator data
1, 2 (numerical data in NR1 format)
1: Sets the semicolon ";" as the separator.
2: Sets the comma "," as the separator.
Sets the separator for RS-232C command responses.
If the value other than setting limit is set, an execution error is generated.
":TRAN:SEP 1"
Sets the semicolon as the separator.
Transmission

TRANsmit:SEParator?
Separator setting query
Syntax
Function
Response
syntax

TRANsmit:SEParator?
Returns the setting for the separator for RS-232C command responses as
NR1 numeric data (<data>).
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

":TRANSMIT:SEPARATOR data"
"data"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":TRAN:SEP?"
":TRANSMIT:SEPARATOR 1"

":TRAN:SEP?"
"1"

11.4 Command Reference

232

TRANsmit:TERMinator
Delimiter setting
Syntax
data

Function
Error
Example

TRANsmit:TERMinator data
1,
1:
2:
3:

2, 3 (numerical data in NR1 format)


Sets "CR" as the delimiter.
Sets "LF" as the delimiter.
Sets "CR" and "LF" as the delimiters .

Sets the delimiter for RS-232C command responses. (Setting when sending
the delimiter from the personal computer interface setting item.)
An execution error results if any value other than that indicated above is
set for (data).
Transmission

":TRAN:TERM 1"

Sets "CR" as the delimiter.

TRANsmit:TERMinator?
Delimiter setting query
Syntax
Function
Response
syntax

TRANsmit:TERMinator?
Returns the delimiter setting query in (data) as either 1, 2 or 3.
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

":TRANSMIT:TERMINATOR data"
"data"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":TRAN:TERM?"
":TRANSMIT:TERMINATOR 1"

":TRAN:TERM?"
"1"

11.4 Command Reference

233

VOLTage?
Voltage range setting value query
Syntax
Function

Note
Response
syntax

VOLTage?
Returns the presently set voltage range as a numerical value (data1) in
NR1 format, and also returns whether voltage auto-ranging is presently
taking place or not as "ON" or "OFF" (as data2).
By using the "TRANsmit:SEParator" command, the message unit separator
can be changed from the semicolon ";" to the comma ",".
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

":VOLTAGE:RANGE data1;AUTO data2"


"data1;data2"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":VOLT?"
":VOLTAGE:RANGE 150;AUTO
OFF"

":VOLT?"
"150;OFF"

11.4 Command Reference

234

VOLTage:AUTO
Turns voltage auto rang setting
Syntax
data
Function

VOLTage:AUTO data
ON, OFF (character data)
Turns voltage auto ranging ON or OFF.

Error In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:


If this command is executed in the hold state.
If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for or
executing integrated measurement and demand measurement.
In the event of a system error.
If data is set to character data other than "ON" or "OFF", an execution
error is generated.

Example

Transmission

":VOLT:AUTO ON"

Voltage auto range setting is turned on.

VOLTage:AUTO?
Voltage auto rang setting query
Syntax
Function
Response
syntax

VOLTage:AUTO?
Returns as "ON" or "OFF" (data) whether or not voltage auto ranging is
presently enabled.
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

":VOLTAGE:AUTO data"
"data"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":VOLT:AUTO?"
":VOLTAGE:AUTO ON"

":VOLT:AUTO?"
"ON"

11.4 Command Reference

235

VOLTage:RANGe
Voltage range setting
Syntax
data
Function

VOLTage:RANGe data
150, 300, 600 (numerical data in NR1 format)
Sets the voltage range. The units are volts (V).

Error In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:


If this command is executed in the HOLD state .
If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for or
executing integrated measurement and demand measurement.
In the event of a system error.
data is other than NRf format data, an execution error is generated.

Example

Transmission

":VOLT:RANG 150"

The range is set to 150 V.

VOLTage:RANGe?
Voltage rang setting query
Syntax
Function
Response
syntax

VOLTage:RANGe?
Returns the presently set voltage range as a numerical value in NR1
format.
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

":VOLTAGE:RANGE data"
"data"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":VOLT:RANG?"
":VOLTAGE:RANGE 150"

":VOLT:RANG?"
"150"

11.4 Command Reference

236

WIRing
Wiring method setting
Syntax
data

Function

WIRing data
1,
1:
2:
3:
4:
5:

2, 3, 4, 5 (numerical data in NR1 format)


Single-phase, two-wire
Single-phase, three-wire
Three-phase, three-wire, two-current
Three-phase, three-wire, three-current
Three-phase, four-wire

Sets the wiring method.

Note If this setting is incorrect, correct measurements will not be obtained.


If this command is executed, the current minimum/maximum value data is
reset.

Error An execution error results if any value other than that indicated above is
set for <data>.
If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for or during
integrated measurement, a device-dependent error results.

Example

Transmission

":WIR 1"

Sets the wiring method as single-phase, two-wire.

WIRing?
Wiring method setting query
Syntax
Function
Response
syntax

WIRing?
Returns the wiring method setting as a numerical value in NR1 format.
If headers are ON
If headers are OFF

Example
Transmission
Response

":WIRING data"
"data"

If headers are ON

If headers are OFF

":WIR?"
":WIRING 1"

":WIR?"
"1"

11.4 Command Reference

237

11.5 Sample Program


The sample program illustrates how to use the RS-232C interface.
Operation of the program on an IBM-PC/AT Computer has been confirmed.
Setting condition
Voltage: 150 V range
Current: 100 A range
PT ratio: 1
CT ratio: 1
Reactive power meter method: Not used
Measurement mode: Integrated measurement
Integration time: 1 hour (timer setting)
Integration data: Active power, reactive power, apparent power, average value
within a time period

11.5 Sample Program

238

11.5.1 RS-232C
Program list
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
200
210
220
230
240
250
260
270
280
290
300
310
320
330
340
350
360
370
380
390
400
410
420
430
440
450
460
470
480
490
500
510
520
530

Program comments

OPEN "COM1:9600,N,8,1,RS,RB4096" FOR RANDOM 100 Open the RS-232C line file
AS #1
110 Executes a system reset.
PRINT #1, ":RESET"
120 Waits for a response
LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$
130 Displays the Integrated value display screen
PRINT #1, ":DISP:INTE 3"
(page 1/2 ).
LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$
PRINT #1, ":DRES"
150 Resets the integration data.
LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$
170 Sets the voltage to the 150V range.
PRINT #1, ":VOLT:RANG 150"
LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$
190 Sets the current to the 100A range.
PRINT #1, ":CURR:RANG 100"
LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$
210 Sets the wiring to single-phase, two-wire.
PRINT #1, ":WIRING 1"
LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$
230 Sets the PT ratio to "1".
PRINT #1, ":SCALE:PT 1"
LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$
250 Sets the CT ratio to "1".
PRINT #1, ":SCALE:CT 1"
LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$
270 Sets the reactive power method so that it is not
PRINT #1, ":OPER OFF"
used.
LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$
290 Sets "manual start" for integration.
PRINT #1, ":INTE:STAR:METH MANUAL"
LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$
310 Sets integration to the stop timer.
PRINT #1, ":INTE:STOP:METH TIMER"
LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$
330 Sets them timer (integration time) to 1 hour.
PRINT #1, ":INTE:TIME 1,0,0"
LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$
350 Turns the response header off.
PRINT #1, ":HEAD OFF"
LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$
370 Starts integrated measurement.
PRINT #1, ":INTE:START"
LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$
390 Waits for approximately 3 seconds.
GOSUB wait3sec:
400 Inquires about the integration status.
PRINT #1, ":INTE:STAT?"
420 Jumps to 390 if stat$ is not "1" (Has the effect
INPUT #1, stat$
of waiting until integrated measurement is
IF stat$ <> "1" THEN 390
complete.)
PRINT #1, ":MEAS:INTE?
430
Gets the integrated data.
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,255,255,255"
LINE INPUT #1, MEAS$
450 Displays the integrated data on the personal
PRINT MEAS$
computer screen.
CLOSE
460 Closes the RS-232C line file.
END
wait3sec:
480 to 530 Three-second wait routine
SEC = VAL(MID$(TIME$, 7, 2))
SEC2 = VAL(MID$(TIME$, 7, 2))
IF SEC2 < SEC THEN SEC2 = SEC2 + 60
IF (SEC2 - SEC) < 3 THEN 500
RETURN

NOTE

Follow commands with "LINE INPUT #1, tmp$" in the next line. (tmp$ is
optional.)
The display language is shifted to Japanese by executing a reset command.

11.5 Sample Program

239

11.6 Cautions Concerning the RS-232C Interface


Symptom

Cause / Treatment
Are the cables properly connected?

The RS-232C has stopped


working completely.

Are both the power meter and the personal computer on?
Are the cables properly connected?
Is the personal computer message terminator (delimiter) set
correctly?

Transmission on the RS-232C


is not taking place properly.

Do the power meters settings for the device connected to the


RS-232C interface (baud rate, data length, parity check, stop bits,
flow control, terminator) match the settings in the controller?

After transmission on the RS232C, the keys on the 3166


freeze up and have no effect.

Cancel the power meters key lock function and exit the remote
state.

When attempting to read data


using a Basic INPUT statement,
the RS-232C hangs.

Be sure to transmit one query before each Basic INPUT


statement.

Are both the power meter and the controller on?

Did the query that was sent generate an error?

Although a command has been


transmitted, nothing has
happened.

Did an error occur?

Not enough data was loaded.

If the data includes any commas, try using the "LINE INPUT"
statement.
Did an error occur?

Sending several queries,


produces only one response.

The query response message


does not agree with the 3166
display.

Read in the response for each query that is sent, one at a time. If
you want to read in responses all at one time, use the message
unit separator to combine all of the queries into one line.
Due to the response message being produced at the instant that
the 3166 receives the query, there is a possibility that it may not
agree with the display at the instant that the controller reads it in.

11.6 Cautions Concerning the RS-232C Interface

240

11.6 Cautions Concerning the RS-232C Interface

241

1
2

Chapter 12
Connecting a Modem 3
4
The 3166 can be operated by remote control and automatic output through a
modem by connecting the modem to the RS-232C interface.
If connected to a telephone line, a modem makes it possible to retrieve
measured values or change settings from a distant location.
This chapter explains how to connect a modem and a computer ("personal
computer") to the power meter and how to operate the power meter by remote
control.

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A

242

12.1 Connection Method


In order to avoid the possibility of an electric shock, unplug the power
meters power cord and disconnect the other wiring before connecting
the RS-232C cable to the interface connector.

WARNING

Turn the power off when connecting the modem to the power meter.
Connecting or disconnecting cables while the power is on could
damage the equipment.Turn the power off when connecting the modem
to the power meter. Connecting or disconnecting cables while the power
is on could damage the equipment.

CAUTION

After connecting the RS-232C cable, always be sure to secure the connection
with the screws on the connector.

An RS-232C straight cable is used to connect a modem to the 3166.


In addition, when connecting the modem to the personal computer, use a
straight cable suited for the connector on the personal computer. The only
differences is that a modem, telephone line, and another modem are connected
between the personal computer and the power meter.

3166

Modem

Public
telephone
line

Modem

Personal
computer

Modem Connection Diagram

12.1 Connection Method

243

12.2 Functions That Use the Modem (1)


12.2.1 Automatic Measurement Data Output
Measurement data can be automatically output to the personal computer via
the modem during each integrated measurement interval period and each
demand measurement period.

1
2
3
4

12.2.2 Operating Procedure

5
Connect the RS-232C cable

6
Turn on the 3166, the modem, and the personal computer

7
Setting the 3166
Set the "RS-232C device" to "Personal computer".
Set the baud rate, the data length, parity checking, stop bits,
flow control, and the delimiter.
Set the destination telephone number, destination
information, the initialization command, and the ID code.

8
9

Setting the modem connected to the personal computer


Use the terminal software to check the "automatic answer"
setting for the modem and the modem connection

Set the print/save items and the RS-232C automatic output


items in the 3166

Connect the 3166 to the line to be measured and


begin measurement

The measurement data is sent to the personal


computer at the set interval

10
11
12
13
14
A

12.2 Functions That Use the Modem (1)

244

12.2.3 Setting the 3166


(1) In "Setting" mode, set the "RS-232C device" to "Modem". Then set the modem
interface settings as necessary. Using the initial values is recommended.
For details on how to make these settings, refer to section 8.2.11, "RS-232C
Device."

RS-232C Device Setting

Modem Setting Window

(2) Setting the destination telephone number


The characters that can be used in the destination telephone setting are
normal-width numerals, "-" (hyphen), and "," (comma). Any other characters
that are input are ignored.
For example, in order to call the number of "0268-28-0575", the following
setting would need to be made: 0268280575 (or 0268-28-0575)
(3) Setting the destination information
This item is used as a comment field. Input any information that might be
necessary. This field may be left empty.
(4) Setting the initialization command
Input the modem initialization command in this item.
The initial value set for this command is "ATTE0&C1&D2". (Tone dialing;
dial tone detection; CD signal follows carrier signal of other modem;
disconnect when ER signal goes from ON to OFF)
This command may need to be altered for your particular modem; consult your
modems operating manual.
NOTE

If the initialization command is not set correctly, the modem will not function
correctly.
When using pulse dialing, set the initialization command to either
"ATP2Q1X4&C1&D2" or "ATP1Q1&C1&D2".

12.2 Functions That Use the Modem (1)

245

NOTE

When it is necessary to use "\" (backslash) character, instead of the character


that can be used "" normal-width.
When it is necessary to dial zero first to call from an extension, try adding a
zero at the start of the destination number. Also set the modem initialization
command to "ATTQ1X0&C1&D2" (when using tone dialing).
(5) Setting the ID code

1
2
3

The character string set for this item is sent together with the data when data
is sent from the modem. Any character string can be set.

4
12.2.4 Setting a Modem Connected to a Personal Computer
It is necessary to set "Auto Answer" for a modem that is connected to a
personal computer. An example of the procedure for doing so is described
below.

5
6

(1) Connect the modem to the personal computer with a straight cable.
(2) Turn on the modem and start up the personal computer.

(3) Start up the terminal (communications) software.


(4) Input the following from the personal computer terminal:

ATZ[Enter]
If "OK" is displayed, the modem is connected correctly.
(5) Input:
ATS0=1[Enter]
"OK" is displayed.
The modem is now ready for automatic output of measurement data.
In Integrated Measurement mode and Demand Measurement mode, set either
the interval period or the demand period, and then set "RS-232C automatic
output." Once measurement begins, the 3166 automatically sends the data
through the modem at the output time. The personal computer receives this
data automatically and displays it.

9
10
11
12
13
14
A

12.2 Functions That Use the Modem (1)

246

12.3 Functions That Use the Modem (2)


12.3.1 Remote Control
It is possible to change the 3166s settings and retrieve measurement data
through a modem. The procedure is similar to that used for communications
with a personal computer through the RS-232C interface.

12.3.2 Operating Procedure


Connect the RS-232C cable.

Turn on the 3166, the modem, and the personal computer

Setting the 3166


Set the "RS-232C device" to "Personal computer".
Set the baud rate, the data length, parity checking,
stop bits, flow control, and the delimiter.

Setting the modem connected to the 3166


Use the terminal software to set the communications speed, etc

Setting the modem connected to the personal computer


Use the terminal software to set the communications speed,
the delimiter, and flow control

Send the remote control commands from the personal computer

After all commands and data have been sent, terminate


the line connection

12.3 Functions That Use the Modem (2)

247

12.3.3 Setting the 3166


(1) In "Setting" mode, set the "RS-232C device" to "Personal Computer".

NOTE

Note that the setting is NOT "Modem."


Then set the personal computer interface settings as necessary. Using the
initial values is recommended.
For details on how to make these settings, refer to section 8.2.11, "RS-232C
Device."

RS-232C Device Setting

Personal Computer Setting Window


(2) Be certain to set "CR+LF" as the delimiter on the receiving side.

12.3.4 Setting the Modem Connected to the 3166


The modem connected to the 3166 needs to be set for automatic answering
beforehand. An example setting procedure is described below; these settings
are made through the personal computer.
(1) Connect the modem that is to be connected to the 3166 to the personal
computer, using a straight cable.
(2) Turn on the modem and then start up the personal computer.
(3) Start up the terminal software.
(4) Set the communication speed between the modem and the terminal to 9600
bps.
(5) Input the following through the personal computer terminal:
ATZ[Enter]
ATQ0E0&C1&D2&W[Enter]

12.3 Functions That Use the Modem (2)

248

(6) Quit the terminal software, turn off the personal computer, and disconnect the
modem cable.
(7) Connect the modem to the 3166, and reconnect the telephone line to the
modem.

12.3.5 Setting the Modem Connected to the Personal Computer


There are a variety of different methods of controlling the 3166 through a
personal computer. The following example describes the method for
controlling the 3166 from terminal software.
(1) Connect the modem to the personal computer, using a straight cable.
(2) Turn on the modem and then start up the personal computer.
(3) Start up the terminal software.
(4) Set the communication speed between the modem and the terminal to 9600
bps.
(5) Set "CR+LF" as the delimiter on the sending side.
(6) Set "CR+LF" as the delimiter on the receiving side.
(7) Set the flow control in accordance with the settings in the 3166.

12.3.6 Actual Control Method


The following example describes how to actually control the 3166 through the
modem.
(1) Start up the terminal software with the settings described in section 12.3.5.
(2) To call, set the destination telephone number.
ATDT[Enter]
telephone number

(3) When "CONNECT" is displayed, the line connection has been made.
(4) From the personal computer terminal, input the RS-232C commands that have
been prepared for the 3166; the 3166 then sends its response.
This is the point at which you execute 3166 setup commands, make
measurement data queries, etc.
(5) Input the following to terminate the connection:
ATH0[Enter]
(6) The remote control procedure is now complete.

NOTE

For details concerning the modem, refer to the operating manual provided
with the modem.

12.3 Functions That Use the Modem (2)

249

1
2

Chapter 13
Using the D/A Output 3
(Optional)
4
5
The 9594 D/A OUTPUT is a factory option for the 3166.
If the 9594 D/A OUTPUT is installed, the power meter can be used to output
analog (D/A) output for the voltage, current, power, etc.

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A

250

13.1 Output Connection Method

WARNING

CAUTION

To avoid electrocution, turn off the power to all devices before pluggingor
unplugging any of the interface connectors.

In order to prevent damage to the unit and the clamp on sensor, never plug
in or unplug the sensor connector when the power is turned on. (The D/A
output is not insulated from the voltage and current inputs.)
Although there are four channels, they are not insulated from one another.
Use the special cables provided (the 9441 CONNECTION CABLE) for
connection to the D/A output.

As shown in the diagram, align the special connection cable with the connector
guide notch on the D/A output connector and then plug the cable in. (The
connector has a locking mechanism.)
When disconnecting the cable, grasp the plastic portion of the cable connector
and pull it out of the connector.

Cable Connection

NOTE

Plastic cable connectors are used. Attempting to forcibly push the connector
in without aligning it with the connector guide notch, or forcibly pulling it out
without releasing the lock will damage the connector.

13.1 Output Connection Method

251

13.2 Structure of the Output Connector


The output resistance of the output connector is about 100 .
Any oscilloscope or recorder that is connected to the power meter should have
an input resistance of at least 100 k.
The pin arrangement of the connector is shown below.

1
2
3
4
5
6

Pin Arrangement of D/A Output Connector


Pin No.

Signal name

Wire color

D/A output channel 1

Red

D/A output channel 2

White

D/A output channel 3

Black

D/A output channel 4

Yellow

Ground

Blue

Ground

Green

Ground

Brown

Ground

Gray

Pins 5 through 8 are common grounds.

CAUTION

To avoid damage to the unit, do not short the output terminal and do not input
voltage to the output terminal.

7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A

13.2 Structure of the Output Connector

252

13.3 Output Response Characteristics


This power meter uses two cycles (when measuring at 50/60 Hz; 16 cycles
when measuring at 400 Hz) as one sample and takes measurements by
continuously performing various calculations on the data (without losing the
waveform). This data is displayed intermittently, depending on the display
update rate, as the instantaneous values. In contrast, in Normal
Measurement mode the D/A output continuously outputs all measurement
values as they are continuously measured.
Therefore, even transient changes in the input waveform generated by a power
spike, for example, will be faithfully output. The output response is different,
however, in Integrated Measurement or Demand Measurement mode.
(1) Normal Measurement mode
In this mode, the output is updated every two cycles when measuring at 50/60
Hz (50 Hz: about 40 ms; 60 Hz: about 34 ms) and every 16 cycles when
measuring at 400 Hz (about 34 ms).
NOTE

Although the output update rate is every two or sixteen cycles, there may be a
delay of 3 to 4 cycles (or 24 to 32 cycles when measuring at 400 Hz) between
the input waveform and the actual output on the D/A output.
Operation length
(2 cycles)

Input

D/A
Output

Time

D/A Output Response Characteristics (1)

13.3 Output Response Characteristics

253

(2) Integrated mode and Demand Measurement mode

The output is updated according to the display update rate.

2
Operation length
(2 cycles)
About 1 second

3
4

Input

5
6

D/A
Output

Time

D/A Output Response Characteristics (2)

8
NOTE

When using D/A output, the optional 9594 D/A OUTPUT must already be
installed in the 3166 unit. (If the 9594 has been installed, a sticker indicating
that it has is applied to the rear cover of the power meter.)
Use Normal Measurement mode if fast output updating is required.
The output rate is DC5 V/f.s. However, in the event of an over-range signal
(display: o.r.), approximately DC6.6 V is output.
When outputting an integrated value as a D/A output, a special output rate is
set.
Refer to section 6.5.11, "Integrated Output Rate," or section 7.5.10, "Integrated
Output Rate," depending on the measurement mode.
When the "Wiring Check" screen is being displayed or a wiring check is in
progress, the data that is stored and output is the data prior to entering that
screen.
If the ratio of PT to CT is set to a value other than 1, the f.s. of the range is a
multiple of the scaling

9
10
11
12
13
14
A

13.3 Output Response Characteristics

254

13.4 Output Waveform


Because the output waveform format differs according to the D/A output item,
refer to the examples shown below.
NOTE

If the reactive power meter method is used, only positive data is output for
the apparent power.
In the case of an plus over-range signal to the positive side, approximately 6.6
V is output, for minus over-range, approximately - 6.6 V is output.
When the display is being held, the data that is being held is output in
Integrated Measurement or Demand Measurement mode.
In the Normal Measurement mode, outputs are updated irrespective of the
hold status of the display.
If the power integration increases uniformly, once it reaches the full-scale
setting the output voltage returns 0 V once and then increases again. (The
level is recorded as a sawtooth wave.)

Regeneration

Consumption

D/A Output for Apparent Power

Lead

Lag

D/A Output for Power Factor

Lead

Lag

D/A Output for Reactive Power

Regeneration

Consumption

D/A Output for Phase Angle

13.4 Output Waveform

255

D/A Output for Frequency


Integrated power
* Manual start /stop

Holding

The last integrated


value

Elapsed time
DATA
RESET

START/
STOP

DATA
HOLD

Cancel

START/
STOP

D/A Output During Data Hold


Integrated power

* When active power is 5 KW with a uniform increase

Elapsed time
Integration start

D/A Output for Integrated Power

13.4 Output Waveform

256

NOTE

In the integrated measurement mode or in the demand measurement mode,


outputs are held when the window shown below is kept open. Note that
outputs are updated each time the preset output interval or demand time
elapses.
1. Display selection window
2. Page selection window
3. Basic setting window (This window displayed when the WIRING or iUi or iiIii key
is pressed on a screen other than the Instantaneous Value Screen.
4. Check window (This window displayed when the CHECK key.)
5. Setting screen

13.4 Output Waveform

257

1
2

Chapter 14
Using the FDD UNIT 3
(Optional)
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A

258

14.1 General
The 9595 FDD UNIT is available as an option for the 3166 CLAMP ON
POWER HiTESTER . The features of this floppy disk drive are described
below.
CAUTION

The 3166 functions that utilize a floppy disk are designed specifically for the
9595 FDD UNIT. These functions will not work with any other floppy disk
drive unit.
The 9595 FDD UNIT should always be operated indoors in a range from 5
to 40 and 80% RH or less. Do not use the unit in direct sunlight, dusty
conditions, or in the presence of corrosive gases.

(1) Can use 3.5-inch 2HD floppy disks (supports two modes)
MS-DOS format

2HD

NECPC9801

IBM-PC/AT

1.2MB

1.44MB

* "MS-DOS" is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation.


(2) Saving and loading setting conditions
Measurements can always be taken under the same conditions by saving the
setting conditions and then loading them for future measurements.
(3) Saving measurement data
The floppy disk drive can be used to save measurement data.
The contents of the saved data file can be checked on the 3166 and then
output directly to the printer. In addition, because the data is saved in text
format on an MS-DOS format disk, the data can be analyzed, etc., on a
personal computer.
(4) Manual output and auto output
Data can be saved at any time by pressing the "Save" key. In addition, the
Auto Output function can be used in Integrated Measurement mode and in
Demand Measurement mode in order to automatically save measured values.
(5) The following operations can also be performed:"FD (floppy Disk)" mode
Formatting floppy disks
Changing file names
Deleting files
Updating (version upgrades)
NOTE

Note that the saved setting conditions and each file operations are loaded in
"FD" mode.

14.1 General

259

14.2 Type and Amount of Data That Can Be Saved


The settings for the data items that are to be saved are the same as for the
items that are output to the printer; these print/save items for each
measurement mode are used to determine what data is saved to floppy disk.
For details on the specific setting method, refer to the respective section
entitled "Print/Save Items" in the chapter for each measurement mode.
Note that these items apply to both automatic output and manual saves.
In addition, the items that can be saved differs, depending on whether the
reactive power meter method is used or not.

1
2
3
4
5

(1) Data that can be saved

Normal Measurement mode

1.FD output date and time

7
2.Instantaneous values

VoltageU1, U2, U3, Uave

Instantaneous value data CurrentI1, I2, I3, Iave


at the time of output to the
PowerP, Q, S, ,
floppy disk
VoltageU1, U2, U3
3. Maximum values

CurrentI1, I2, I3

8
9

PowerP, Q, S, ,
VoltageU1, U2, U3
4.Minimum values

10

CurrentI1, I2, I3
PowerP, Q, S, ,

* The minimum/maximum data includes the time at which the minimum or


maximum was generated.
* Items 3 and 4 represent data that was tabulated from the time that the data
reset key was pressed until the FD output time.

Integrated Measurement mode

11
12
13

1.FD output date and time


2.Integration start time,

14

integration elapsed time

14.2 Type and Amount of Data That Can Be Saved

260

3.Instantaneous values

VoltageU1, U2, U3, Uave

Instantaneous value data CurrentI1, I2, I3, Iave


at the time of output to the
PowerP, Q, S, ,
floppy disk
VoltageU1, U2, U3
4. Maximum values

CurrentI1, I2, I3
PowerP, Q, S, ,
VoltageU1, U2, U3

5. Minimum values

CurrentI1, I2, I3
PowerP, Q, S, ,

* The minimum/maximum data includes the time at which the minimum or


maximum was generated.

Active power
(WP, WP, WP)
6.Power integration

Reactive power
(WQ, WQ, WQ)
Apparent power
(WS, WS, WS)

7.Average value within


a time period
Integrated average

PowerP, Q, S,

values within a time


period, based on the
power integration

* Items 4 through 7 represent data that was tabulated until the FD output
time from the integrated measurement start time.

Demand Measurement mode


The following data from demand measurement, integrated measurement, daily
reports, weekly reports, and monthly reports can be saved.
1.FD output date and time
2.Demand measurement start time
3.Instantaneous values

VoltageU1, U2, U3, Uave

Instantaneous value data CurrentI1, I2, I3, Iave


at the time of output to the
PowerP, Q, S, ,
floppy disk

14.2 Type and Amount of Data That Can Be Saved

261

VoltageU1, U2, U3
4. Maximum values

CurrentI1, I2, I3
PowerP, Q, S, ,
VoltageU1, U2, U3

5.Minimum values

1
2

CurrentI1, I2, I3
PowerP, Q, S, ,

* The minimum/maximum data includes the time at which the minimum or


maximum was generated.

3
4

Active power
(WP, WP, WP)
6.Power integration

Reactive power

(WQ, WQ, WQ)


Apparent power

(WS, WS, WS)

7.Average value within


a time period
Integrated average
values within a time
period, based on the

PowerP, Q, S,
Load factor (LF)
Usage factor (TLF)

power integration

8
9

* Not included the load factor and usage factor in demand data, however.
Power integration,
8.Daily reports

Average value within a time period,


Maximum demand values
Power integration,

9.Weekly reports

Power integration,

13

Power integration,
Average value within a time period
Power integration,

12.Integration

12

Average value within a time period,


Maximum demand values

11.Demand

11

Average value within a time period,


Maximum demand values

10.Monthly reports

10

14

Average value within a time period,


Maximum demand values

* Maximum demand values include the time at which the value was
generated.

14.2 Type and Amount of Data That Can Be Saved

262

* Instantaneous value, maximum value, minimum value, integrated power


level and average value over time data from the period in question can all be
set in combination in the daily report, weekly report, monthly report, demand
measurement, and integrated measurement data (items 8 to 12 above). (The
data settings are common to all, however.)

CAUTION

In the case of demand measurement, the print/save item settings are made in
a special manner as described below.
1) First, set to "ON" all of the necessary items from among daily report, weekly
report, monthly report, demand measurement and integrated measurement.
(Multiple items may be set.)
2) Next, set the items that are to actually be output from among the
instantaneous values, maximum values, minimum values, integrated power
levels, and average values over time; these items are set in common with
the items selected in step 1 above. (Multiple items may be set.)
3) In short, only the items selected in both step 1 (tabulation period) and step 2
(output items) are selected and valid initially. If only one setting is set to
"ON", nothing is output.

Setting conditions
All setting conditions can be saved from the "Setting screen" for each
measurement mode and in "Setting" mode.
(2) Amount of data and number of files that can be saved
How much data can be saved depends on the wiring method, the measurement
mode, and the setting items.
Specific examples are shown below. (Wiring in all cases is three-phase, fourwire, including the setting files.)
NOTE

The floppy disk, once full, can store no more data. Replace the floppy disk well
before it is full.
1. Normal Measurement mode, all items set to "ON".
Format
Number of files

1.2MB

1.44MB

96 files

112 files

2. Integrated Measurement mode, output interval of 30 minutes, all items set to


"ON".
Format

1.2MB

1.44MB

Amount of data

Approximately 23 days

Approximately 28 days

Number of files

96 files

112 files

14.2 Type and Amount of Data That Can Be Saved

263

3. Demand Measurement mode, demand period of 30 minutes, All items set to


ON
Format

1.2MB

1.44MB

Amount of data

Approximately 23 days

Approximately 28 days

Number of files

32 files

37 files

4. Demand Measurement mode, demand period of 30 minutes, demand


measurement set to "ON", instantaneous values, power integration, average
value within a time period set to "ON"
Format

1.2MB

1.44MB

Amount of data

Approximately 82 days

Approximately 99 days

Number of files

96 files

112 files

1.2MB

1.44MB

192 files

224 files

5. Setting conditions
Format
Number of files

(3) Output format for data output to floppy disk


Measurement data is saved in text format, and the data format is shown
below. Files begin with a header section (all data that has been saved),
followed by measurement value sections listed for each time period.
A line feed is executed for the header section and for each measured value at
each time.
Data format
Item

Example data

Size (bytes)

Date

97/01/25

Time

12:34:56

Other than integrated power


levels

+123.45E+00

11

Integrated power levels

+1234.56E+00

12

Out-of-range data

+99999E+9

Invalid data

+00000E+9

14.2 Type and Amount of Data That Can Be Saved

264

File Contents
OUTPUT DATE","OUTPUT TIME","INTEG START DATE","INTEG START TIME",
"ELAPSED TIME","U1","U2","U3","Uave","I1","I2","I3","Iave","P","Q","S","PF","F",
"WP","WP+","WP-","WQ","WS","WS+","WS-","Pave","Qave","Save","PFave" Line feed
97/02/13,11:00:00,97/02/13,11:11:00,0000:00:00,+208.45E+0,+208.47E+0,+208.48E+0,
+208.47E+0,+012.42E+0,+012.43E+0,+012.43E+0,+012.42E+0,+005.06E+3,+005.90E+3,
+007.77E+3,+0.651E+0,+60.02E+0,+000.000E+3,+000.000E+3,+000.000E+3,
+000.000E+3,+000.000E+3,+000.000E+3,+000.000E+3,+005.06E+3,+005.90E+3,
+007.77E+3,+0.651E+0 Line feed
97/02/13,11:30:00,97/02/13,11:11:00,0000:30:00,+208.65E+0,+208.65E+0,+208.67E+0,
+208.66E+0,+012.35E+0,+012.36E+0,+012.36E+0,+012.36E+0,+005.06E+3,+005.85E+3
,+007.74E+3,+0.654E+0,+60.01E+0,+000.432E+3,+000.432E+3,+000.000E+3,
+000.497E+3,+000.658E+3,+000.658E+3,+000.000E+3,+005.19E+3,+005.96E+3,
+007.90E+3,+0.657E+0 Line feed
97/02/13,12:00:00,97/02/13,11:11:00,0001:00:00,+208.66E+0,+208.66E+0,+208.68E+0,
+208.67E+0,+012.31E+0,+012.32E+0,+012.32E+0,+012.32E+0,+005.05E+3,+005.82E+3,
+007.71E+3,+0.655E+0,+59.99E+0,+000.857E+3,+000.857E+3,+000.000E+3,
+000.988E+3,+001.308E+3,+001.308E+3,+000.000E+3,+005.14E+3,+005.92E+3,
+007.84E+3,+0.656E+0 Line feed

Sample Printout of File Contents from the Personal Computer

NOTE

For symbols for the header block, see the list in Section 9 of the Appendices.

14.2 Type and Amount of Data That Can Be Saved

265

14.3 Connection Method

WARNING

In order to avoid electric shock, turn off the 3166 and disconnect the
power cord, the voltage cord, and the clamp on sensors before
connecting the 9595 FDD UNIT.

(1) Floppy disk drive model that can be used:


9595 FDD UNIT manufactured by HIOKI

CAUTION

The above model is the only floppy disk drive unit that can be used with the
3166.

(2) Connection method


1. Turn the power meter off.
2. Use four screws to attach the 9595 FDD UNIT to the back of the 3166s case
as shown in the diagram.

NOTE

If the 9595 FDD UNIT is installed into the 3166 CLAMP ON POWER
HiTESTER with screw tighten too much, the floppy disk slot cover of the 9595
may be fixed. In this case, remove a floppy disk, and loosen the screw so that
the slot cover close.

9595 FDD UNIT

To FDD unit connector


on the power meter

Four screws

Attaching the FDD UNIT


3. Connect the connecting cable for the 9595 FDD UNIT to the floppy disk drive
connector on the power meter. Make sure that the connectors locking
mechanism engages securely. When disconnecting the connecting cable, press
in both tabs of the locking mechanism to release it and then disconnect the
connector.

14.3 Connection Method

266

(3) FDD interface specifications


The specifications for the power meters FDD interface are shown below.
1. General specifications
Power supply voltage

5 V 5%

Allowable ripple

100 mVp-p

Current consumption

During standby
During read/write
Peak during seek
Peak during motor
startup

11 mA typ
0.3 A typ
0.85 A max
0.8 A max

2. Connector specifications
Pin No.

Signal name

Pin No.

Signal name

5V

14

STEP

INDEX

15

GND

5V

16

WRITE DATA

DRIVE SELECT

17

GND

5V

18

WRITE GATE

DISK CHANGE

19

GND

FD

20

TRACK 00

READY

21

GND

MEDIA

22

WRITE PROTECT

10

MOTOR ON

23

GND

11

MODE SELECT 1

24

READ DATA

12

DIRECTION

25

GND

13

MODE SELECT 2

26

SIDE SELECT

Floppy Disk Drive Interface Connector

14.3 Connection Method

267

14.4 Using Floppy Disks


Inserting a floppy disk
Insert the floppy disk (with the printed label facing up) all of the way into the
drive.
If the floppy disk is inserted correctly, the Eject button will pop out.

Inserting a Floppy Disk

Ejecting a floppy disk


Pressing the Eject button as shown in the diagram causes the floppy disk to
pop out.

Ejecting a Floppy Disk

14.4 Using Floppy Disks

268

Protecting data on a floppy disk


Each floppy disk has a write-protect tab on it. If the write-protection is
enabled, it is impossible to do anything to the data on the floppy disk except to
read (load) it.
If you wish to perform some sort of operation on the data on the floppy disk
(aside from loading it), confirm the contents of the floppy disk and then
disable the write-protection.

Back side of the floppy disk


Tab in upper position: Write-protection is
disabled (data can be saved to the floppy
disk)

Tab in lower position: Write-protection is


enabled (data cannot be saved to the
floppy disk)

Floppy Disk Write-protection

CAUTION

NOTE

Do not use 2DD floppy disk.


Do not remove the floppy disk while the FD aut output is complete and the
data saved.
Inserting a floppy disk upside down, backwards or in the wrong direction may
damage the instrument.
Do not remove the floppy disk while the drive is operating (the LED on the
floppy drive is on).
Always be sure to eject any floppy disk from the floppy disk drive whenever
you will be carrying or transporting the 9595 FDD UNIT or the 3166.

When loading data to personal computer via floppy disk, verify that floppy
disk formatted in the 3166 is recognized on personal computer.

14.4 Using Floppy Disks

269

14.5 Saving Measurement Data


(1) Set the print/save items on the setting screens for the measurement modes
For details on how to make these settings, refer to "Changing Settings" in
each of the chapters on the various measurement modes.

Print/Save Items for Normal


Measurement

Print/Save Items for Integrated


Measurement

Print/Save Items for Demand


Measurement

NOTE

The items that can be saved differ for each measurement mode.

14.5 Saving Measurement Data

270

(2) Setting the file name


Input the file name on the same setting screens for the measurement modes
as in step 1 above.
File names can consist of up to eight normal-width characters (alphanumerics,
katakana) or four double-width characters (kanji, hiragana, katakana).

Reference

"Extensions" consist of three letters and are automatically appended at the


end of file names. Extensions are useful for identifying the type of data when
you later load he measurement data and analyze it on the personal computer,
for example.
About extensions
The power meter automatically appends the following extensions to file
names, depending on the measurement mode and the items being saved.
When the integrated measurement data or demand measurement data is
output automatically, the setting conditions and the daily/weekly/monthly
report data (if these reports have been set) are all created with the same file
name but different extensions.

NOTE

Mode

Data

Extension

Save operation

Setting

Setting conditions

.SET

When the FD key is pressed

Normal
measurement

Setting conditions

.SET

Normal
measurement data

.NMO

When the FD key is pressed while the


"Setting" screen is displayed
When the FD key is pressed

Setting conditions

.SET

Integrated
measurement data

.ITG

Setting conditions

.SET

Demand
measurement data
Integrated data

.DEM

Daily report data


Weekly report data
Monthly report data

.DAY
.WEE
.MON

Integrated
measurement

Demand
measurement

.TOT

When the FD key is pressed while the


"Setting" screen is displayed
At the start of integrated measurement
(automatic output)
Automatically at the set interval
(automatic output)
When the FD key is pressed while the
"Setting" screen is displayed
At the start of demand measurement
(automatic output)
Automatically at the set demand period
(automatic output).
At the end of measurement
(automatic output)
Every 24 hours (automatic output)
Every 1 week (automatic output)
Every 1 month (automatic output)

14.5 Saving Measurement Data

271

Reference

If no file name is specified


If no file name is set, a file named "AUTOXXX" is generated automatically
and the measurement data is saved in that file.
"XXX" represents a number from "000" to "999"; the program uses the smallest
number that is still available.
When saving setting conditions, a file named "SETXXX" is automatically
generated.
If the file name that was set already exists
If an existing file name is set, an error results. Set a new file name that
differs from all existing file names.
(3) Saving data manually
Pressing the SAVE key saves the current measurement data in the file that
was set.

FD Key
(4) Automatic output
Data can be saved automatically in "Integrated Measurement" mode and
"Demand Measurement" mode.
1. Set FD auto output to "ON" on the setting screen for the measurement mode.

Integrated Measurement FD Auto


Output Setting

Demand Measurement FD Auto Output


Setting

14.5 Saving Measurement Data

272

2. In the case of "Integrated Measurement" mode, set the output interval as well.
3. Begin measurement.
4. At the end of each interval or demand period, the measurement data is
automatically saved to the same floppy disk.

CAUTION

NOTE

CAUTION

The display of the measured values is not updated while data is being
automatically output. Keys also may not function temporarily while data is
being output.
If "FD auto output" is set to "ON", the SAVE key has no effect while
integrated or demand measurement is in progress. After measurement ends
(including while integration is in standby), it is possible to change the
print/save items and save the data to a file named "AUTOXXX" by pressing
the SAVE key. However, if the print/save items are changed, additional
integration is no longer possible.

In the case of "Demand Measurement" mode, there is no output interval


setting.
For details on how to save the setting conditions, refer to the section entitled
"Saving the Settings to Floppy Disk" for each measurement mode and Setting
mode.
In the display hold status, data held is saved.

If there is no floppy disk in the 9595 FDD UNIT, an error results and the save
operation is not executed. In addition, note that if the disk becomes full, an
error is displayed and the save operation is not performed.

14.5 Saving Measurement Data

273

14.6 FD (Floppy Disk) Mode


If "FD (Floppy Disk)" mode is selected on the "Initial" screen, the following
functions become available. Select the necessary items with the cursor.

FD Operation Screen

NOTE

Be sure that the optional 9595 FDD UNIT is connected when using "FD"
mode.

14.6 FD (Floppy Disk) Mode

274

14.6.1 Loading Setting Data That Was Previously Saved on


Floppy Disk
The measurement conditions can be changed by loading in setting data that
was previously saved from the setting screen for each measurement mode and
in Setting mode.
(1) Insert the floppy disk containing the data into the 9595 FDD UNIT.
(2) Position the cursor at "STATUS DATA Load" and press the EXEC. function
key.
(3) The "STATUS DATA Load" screen appears, and the setting data files are
displayed. If there are more than 10 files, they are displayed on more than
one page. Use the NEXT and PREVIOUS function keys to switch between the
pages.

Status Data Load


(4) Position the cursor on the name of the file to be loaded.
(5) Once the LOAD function key is pressed, the selected file is loaded.
(6) The setting conditions are changed according to the contents of the file (the
setting data).
(7) Press the RET. function key to return to the "Initial" screen.

14.6 FD (Floppy Disk) Mode

275

14.6.2 Loading Measurement Data That Was Previously Saved


on Floppy Disk
This operation can be used to check the contents of a file into which
measurement data was previously saved in measurement mode, or to print
that data on a printer connected to the power meter.
NOTE

Be sure that the printer is already connected to the power meter before
outputting the measurement data to the printer.
(1) Insert the floppy disk containing the data into the 9595 FDD UNIT.
(2) Position the cursor at "MEASURE DATA load" and press the EXEC. function
key.
(3) The "MEASURE DATA load" screen appears, and the measurement data files
are displayed. If there are more than 10 files, they are displayed on more
than one page. Use the NEXT and PREVIOUS function keys to switch between
the pages.

Measure Data Load


(4) Position the cursor on the name of the file to be loaded. The file extensions
are also displayed, allowing you to select just the measurement data that you
need.
(5) Once the LOAD function key is pressed, the selected file is loaded.
(6) The "File View" screen appears, and the measurement data contained in the
selected file is displayed. If the file contains a lot of data, it is displayed on
more than one page. Use the NEXT and PREVIOUS function keys to switch
between the pages and view the data.

14.6 FD (Floppy Disk) Mode

276

File View Screen


(7) Pressing the SET key at this point causes the setting conditions for that
measurement data to be displayed.
(8) The measurement data that was just loaded can be output to the printed by
pressing the OUTPUT function key. The data is output in the same printing
format as during measurement.
(9) In order to output additional data, return to step 4 and repeat.
(10) Press the RET. function key to return to the "Initial" screen.

14.6 FD (Floppy Disk) Mode

277

14.6.3 Formatting a Floppy Disk


This function is used in order to format (initialize) floppy disks. Only 3.5-inch
2HD floppy disks can be used.

CAUTION

The formatting process erases all data previously saved to that floppy disk.
Make sure that the floppy disk does not contain any essential data before
formatting it.

(1) Insert the floppy disk that is to be formatted into the 9595 FDD UNIT. (Be
sure that write-protection is disabled.)
(2) Position the cursor at "Format," and then press the EXEC. function key.
(3) When the "FORMAT" window appears, press the 1.44M function key in order to
format the floppy disk as a 1.44MB disk, or press the 1.2M function key in
order to format the floppy disk as a 1.2MB disk.

Format Window
(4) The formatting operation is executed. While this operating is in progress, the
message "Formatting" is displayed.
(5) Once formatting is completed, the display returns to the "Format" window. To
format another floppy disk, return to step 1 and repeat.
(6) Press the RET. function key to return to the "Initial" screen.

14.6 FD (Floppy Disk) Mode

278

14.6.4 Renaming Files


This function is used to change the name of a file that has been saved on a
floppy disk. This function is especially useful for renaming with a more
descriptive name any file that was automatically named "AUTOXXX" or
"SETXXX" because no file name was specified when the file was created.

CAUTION

All related files (those with the same file name) are renamed by this function.
Note also that it is not possible to change a files extension.

(1) Insert the floppy disk that contains the file to be renamed into the 9595 FDD
UNIT. (Be sure that write-protection is disabled.)
(2) Position the cursor at "Rename," and then press the EXEC. function key.
(3) The "Rename" window appears.

Rename File Screen


(4) Position the cursor on the file to be renamed, and then press the RENAME
function key.
(5) When the "File Name Input" window appears, input the new file name. The
input method is the same as when inputting a file name on the setting screen
for any of the measurement modes.
(6) When the ENTER function key is pressed, finalizing the new file name, the new
file name appears in the file list. To stop renaming files, press the RET. key.
To continue renaming files, return to step 2 and repeat.
(7) Press the RET. function key to return to the Initial screen.

14.6 FD (Floppy Disk) Mode

279

14.6.5 Deleting Files


This function is used to delete unnecessary files from a floppy disk.

CAUTION

Be aware that once a file is deleted, it cannot be recovered.


All related files (those with the same file name) are deleted by this function.

(1) Insert the floppy disk that contains the file to be deleted into the 9595 FDD
UNIT. Be sure that write-protection is disabled.
(2) Position the cursor at "Delete" and then press the EXEC. function key.
(3) The "Delete" window appears.

Delete File Screen


(4) Position the cursor on the file to be deleted, and then press the DELETE
function key.
(5) The selected file is deleted, and the file list is updated.
(6) To continue deleting files, return to step 2 and repeat.
(7) Press the RET. function key to return to the Initial screen.

14.6 FD (Floppy Disk) Mode

280

14.6.6 Upgrade
This function is used to upgrade the 3166s software functions. For details on
this procedure, refer to the instructions provided with the upgrade disk.

14.6 FD (Floppy Disk) Mode

281

15
2

Chapter 15
Harmonic Analysis 3
Software
4
5
15.1 Overview
Loading the 9556 HARMONIC ANALYSIS SOFTWARE into the 3166 CLAMP
ON HiTESTER makes it possible to analyze harmonic in addition to the
normal voltage, current, and power measurements.
Analyzing the harmonic components on the line being measured makes it
possible to monitor the condition of various problems and fluctuations.
For details, refer to the manual provided with the 9556 HARMONIC
ANALYSIS SOFTWARE.

6
7
8
9

CAUTION

The 9556 HARMONIC ANALYSIS SOFTWARE is optional software. The 9595


FDD UNIT is required in order to load this software.

10
11
12
13
14
A

15.1 Overview

282

15.1 Overview

283

15
16

Chapter 16
Operation in the Event of a 3
Loss of Power
4
5
Circumstances may sometimes result in the supply of power to the 3166 being
interrupted for some reason while taking measurements. Although the
measurement operation halts for the duration of the power loss, the 3166 does
have a backup function that saves the setting conditions and measurement
data gathered up to that point.
This chapter explains how to operation in the event of a loss of power each
measurement mode.

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A

284

16.1 Operation in the Event of a Loss of Power


(1) Screen display
The screen display goes blank.
(2) Clock and calendar
The clock and calendar continue to operate normally.
(3) Setting conditions
All settings are saved.
(4) Measurement data
If the display data was being held when power was lost, all of the data that
was being held is retained.
1. Normal Measurement mode
The minimum and maximum values are retained.
2. Integrated Measurement mode
The minimum and maximum values and the integrated values are retained.
3. Demand Measurement mode
The minimum/maximum values and the demand values from the previous
demand period, and the integrated values are retained.
(5) Printer operation
After power is restored, the printer prints a message indicating that there was
a loss of power.
1. During manual printing
Printing stops immediately. The printing operation status is not retained, so
it is necessary to restart the manual printing operation after power is
restored.
2. During automatic output
If printing is in progress, printing stops immediately.

Reference

If the printer is running off of batteries, all data that is sent from the 3166 is
printed.

(6) FDD unit operation


1. While loading
If a floppy disk operation is in progress when power is lost, the data that was
being handled becomes invalid. Restart the loading operation after power is
restored.
2. During a manual save/automatic output to FD
If a floppy disk operation is in progress when power is lost, the data that was
being handled becomes invalid. In the worst case, the file itself may be
dameged. After power is restored, if automatic output was being used when
power was lost, a character string indicating that power was lost is written to
the FD.

16.1 Operation in the Event of a Loss of Power

285

16.2 Normal Measurement Mode


(1) Data and setting conditions that are retained
1. Measurement data
The minimum and maximum values just before power was lost are retained.
If the display data was being held when power was lost, all of the data that
was being held is retained.
2. Setting conditions
The setting conditions when the power was lost are retained.
(2) Operation after power is restored
Once power is restored, the Normal Measurement mode screen is displayed
and instantaneous value measurement resumes. If display data was being
held when power was lost, that data is displayed and measurement resumes.
The FDD unit does not perform any operation.

15
16
3
4
5
6

CAUTION

Because circuit operations are not settled immediately after power is restored,
the correct minimum and maximum instantaneous values are not displayed.
Press the Data Reset to clear the minimum and maximum values.

7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A

16.2 Normal Measurement Mode

286

16.3 Integrated Measurement Mode and Demand


Measurement Mode
(1) Data and setting conditions that are retained
1. Measurement data
If the display data was being held when power was lost, all of the data that
was being held is retained.
Integrated measurement mode: The minimum/maximum values and the
integrated values just before power was lost are retained.
Demand measurement mode: The minimum/maximum values and the demand
values from the previous demand period, and the integrated values are
retained.
2. Setting conditions
The setting conditions when the power was lost are retained.
(2) Operation after power is restored
1. If power was lost while in standby mode
a. Operation when power is restored prior to the time set for the start of
processing
The power meter goes back into standby mode and then begins integrated or
demand measurement when the set time arrives.

CAUTION

A loss of power while the power meter is in standby mode has no effects.
b. Operation when power is restored after the time set for the start of
processing
The power meter begins integrated or demand measurement as soon as the
power is restored.

CAUTION

Although the start of processing in this case is later than the start time that was
set, the processing assumes that the measured values during the interval were
"0". The power meter stops measuring at the scheduled stop time.
2. If power was lost while integrated measurement or demand measurement was
in progress
The power meter does not keep track of the elapsed time for integrated
measurement while the power is off. (Integrated measurement is paused, not
stopped.)
After power is restored, a message indicating that a power failure had
occurred is displayed on the screen and integrated measurement resumes.
(Pressing any key causes the message to disappear.)

16.3 Integrated Measurement Mode and Demand Measurement Mode

287

In this case, the measurement data for the duration of the power loss is
processed as if it were "0", and integrated measurement continues for the
remaining time that was allotted.

15
16

3. Printer operation
a. If power was lost while the printer was printing
The printing operation stops immediately. (Unless the printer is running off
of batteries.) After power is restored, the printer prints an indication that
power had been lost.

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

Printing in progress

12

Indicates that power was lost


during this interval

13
Power Loss While Printing is In Progress
b. If power was lost while integrated measurement or demand measurement
was in progress
After power is restored, When the "RS-232C Device" is set to "Printer" and a
printer is connected, the printer prints a message indicating that a power
loss occurred.

16.3 Integrated Measurement Mode and Demand Measurement Mode

14
A

288

Indicates that power was lost during


this interval

Printing Example After Power is Restored


4. Floppy disk operation
a. If power was lost while data was being saved to a floppy disk
The data that was being saved is not guaranteed. In the worst case, the file
itself may be damaged
If automatic output was being used when power was lost, a character string
indicating that power was lost is written to the floppy disk.

b. If power was lost while integrated measurement or demand measurement


was in progress
After power is restored, the floppy disk drive does nothing when power is
restored.

Reference

The 3166 battery backup


As a countermeasure against sudden loss of power, the 3166 CLAMP ON Hi
TESTER has a built-in battery that backs up memory containing the setting
conditions, minimum/maximum value data, and integrated data (including
demand measurements).
If the display data is being held, the battery backs up all of that data as
well.
When the power is turned on, the setting conditions that were in effect the
last time that the power was turned off remain in effect.
Because the battery backup maintains the integrated value data, it is
necessary to press the Data Reset key and clear the existing data in
"Integrated Measurement" mode if the results of the upcoming integrated
measurements are not to be added to the existing integrated value data.

16.3 Integrated Measurement Mode and Demand Measurement Mode

289

15
16

Chapter 17
Maintenance and Service 17
4
5
17.1 Cautions

6
WARNING

CAUTION

Adjustments and repairs should be made only by technically qualified


personnel.

If the protective functions of the product are damaged, either remove it from
service or mark it clearly so that others do not use it inadvertently.
Measurements are degraded by dirt on the mating surfaces of the clamp-on
sensor, so keep the surfaces clean by gently wiping with a soft cloth.

7
8
9

To clean the product, wipe it gently with a soft cloth moistened with water or
mild detergent. Never use solvents such as benzene, alcohol, acetone, ether,
ketones, thinners or gasoline, as they can deform and discolor the case.

10

Fuses
The 3166 uses a switched power supply and is equipped with an internal fuse
(T2 A/250 V). This fuse cannot be replaced externally.

11
12
13
14
A

17.1 Cautions

290

17.2 Troubleshooting
If the power meter is not operating correctly, check the following items.

Symptom
Even though the power switch has
been turned on, the display remains

Items to check
Is the power cord connected securely?
Is the screen contrast proper? If not clear, see
8.2.9 "Contrast."

blank.
The keys do not work.

Is one of the keys in the pressed state?


Is the key lock function engaged?

Measured values are unstable.

Is the frequency of the line being measured


50/60/400 Hz?
Does the frequency of the line being measured
fluctuate, are there momentary power outages,
etc.?
In fixed clock mode, does the line frequency
setting match the actual frequency of the line
being measured?

The measurement data is yielding

Are the voltage cord or clamp on sensors hooked


up incorrectly?
Does the setting for the type of line being
measured match the actual type of the line being
measured?

unexpected results.

The floppy disk drive is not operating


correctly.
The printer is not operating correctly.

Is the FDD unit connected securely to the power


meter?
Has the floppy disk been formatted?
Is the floppy disk in the write-protect state?
Is the RS-232C interface set properly for use
with the printer?
Is there paper loaded in the printer?

If any other problem occurs for an unknown reason, try a system reset, which
restores all of the settings to their factory settings.
For details, refer to section 8.2.13, "System Reset."

Service
If damage is suspected, check the "Troubleshooting" section before contacting
your dealer or Hioki representative.

17.2 Troubleshooting

291

17.3 Disposing of the Power Meter and the Packing


Materials

16

This power meter uses a lithium battery for memory backup. Remove the
lithium battery before disposing of the power meter, and follow the prescribed
method when disposing of the power meter.

WARNING

15

To avoid a shock hazard, disconnect the test leads before replacing


the batteries.
To avoid the possibility of explosion, do not short circuit, disassemble
or incinerate batteries.

17
4
5

Keep batteries away from children to prevent accidental swallowing.

6
(1) Tools required for disassembly
The following tools are required in order to disassemble this unit:
One philips screwdriver
One pair of wire cutters
(2) Disassembly
1. As shown in the diagram, remove the four screws that hold the back cover of
the power meter in place.
2. Remove the front panel and the protector.
3. Turn over the first board (on which the LCD is mounted), revealing the
lithium battery. Cut the two leads with the wire cutter, and remove the
lithium battery.

Back cover

7
8
9
10
11
12
13

Protector

14

Front panel

17.3 Disposing of the Power Meter and the Packing Materials

292

Lithium battery

Cut the two leads with


the wire cutter

Removing the Lithium Battery

The packing materials are all made of corrugated cardboard, and can therefore
be recycled.

17.3 Disposing of the Power Meter and the Packing Materials

293

15
16

Chapter 18
Specifications 17
18
This chapter explains the 3166 CLAMP ON POWER HiTESTERs product
specifications, measurement ranges, and calculation formulas, and the 9291/
9298 CLAMP ON SENSORs product specifications.
For the 9291/ 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR, refer to instruction manual of the
9291/ 9298.

5
6
7

18.1 Product Specifications

18
These specifications apply to the 3166 CLAMP ON POWER HiTESTER.

9
18.1.1 General Specifications

10

Location for use

Indoors, altitude up to 2000 m (6562 feet)

Storage temperature and


humidity range

-10 to 50 (50 F to 122 F) 80% RH or less (no condensation)

Operating temperature and


humidity range

0 to 40 (32 F to 104 F), 80% RH or less (no condensation)

11

Measurement lines

Single-phase, two-wire; single-phase, three-wire; three-phase,


three-wire; three-phase, four-wire

12

Input system

Voltage: Insulated input


Current: Insulated input through clamp on sensor

Applicable current sensor

9291/ 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR

13

Maximum common mode voltage Digital sampling system, PLL synchronization or 50/60/400 Hz
fixed clock

Input resistance (50/60 Hz)

Voltage: 1.3 M10%


Current: 0.8 m10%

Maximum allowable input

Voltage: 600 VrmsAC, 850 V peak value


Current: 1 ArmsAC, 1.42 A peak value

Maximum same-phase voltage

Voltage input terminal: 600 VrmsAC, 50/60 Hz

18.1 Product Specifications

14
A

294

Withstand voltage (50/60Hz, 1


minute)

5.55 kVAC: Between voltage input terminal and case


3.25 kV: Between voltage input terminal and current input
terminal, output terminal, external interface terminal
2.3 kVAC: Between power supply and case
1.35 kVAC: Between power supply and current input terminal,
output terminal, external interface terminal

Insulation resistance

More than 100 M at 500 VDC


Between voltage input terminal and current input terminal,
output terminal, external interface terminal, case
More than 50 M at 500 VDC
Between power supply and current input terminal, output
terminal, external interface terminal, case

Display

4.7-inch LCD (320240 dots) adjustable contrast, backlight

Battery backup life

More than 10 years (25 (77 F) reference value)

Rated supply voltage

100 VAC to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz

Rated power

33 VA max

External dimensions

246 (W) 86 (H) 176 (D)mm


(9.69" (W) 3.39" (H) 6.93" (D)) (not including projections)

Mass

1.6 kg (56.44 oz) (including 9594 D/A OUTPUT)

Applicable standards

Safety: EN61010-1:1993+A2:1995
Voltage inputs: Pollution level 2, overvoltage category III
(expected transient overvoltage: 6000 V)
Power supply: Pollution level 2, overvoltage category II
(expected transient overvoltage: 2500 V)
EMC: EN61326-1:1997+A1:1998
EN61000-3-2:1995+A1:1998+A2:1998
EN61000-3-3:1995

Accessories

9438 VOLTAGE CORD 1 (one each black, red, yellow, and


blue)
Voltage cord locks 4
Stand 1
Power cord 1
Instruction Manual 1
Guide 1

Options

9291 CLAMP ON SENSOR (AC 500 A)


9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR (AC 100 A)
9290 CLAMP ON PROBE
9594 D/A OUTPUT (including 9441 CONNECTION CABLE)
9595 FDD UNIT
9556 HARMONIC ANALYSIS SOFTWARE
9619-01 HARMONICS DATA ANALYSIS UTILITY (for the 9556)
9383 CARING CASE
9440 CONNECTION CABLE (for remote control)
9441 CONNECTION CABLE (for D/A output)
9442 PRINTER
9443-01 AC ADAPTER (for Japan)
9443-02 AC ADAPTER (for Europe, except for Switzerland)
9443-03 AC ADAPTER (for the U.S.A.)
9444 CONNECTION CABLE (for printer)
1196 PRINT PAPER

18.1 Product Specifications

295

18.1.2 Basic Specifications


Conditions for guaranteed accuracy
Conditions for guaranteed
accuracy

Warmup time of at least 30 minutes, sine wave input, power


factor = 1, PLL synchronization
* If using a fixed clock, accuracy is not guaranteed when the
input frequency and the fixed clock frequency do not agree.

15
16
17

Temperature and humidity range 233 (73 F5 F), 80% RH or less


(The specifications indicated here are defined for these
temperature and humidity ranges except where noted
otherwise.)

Basic frequency ranges

18

45 Hz to 66 Hz, and 360 Hz to 440 Hz

5
Measurement items
Measurement items

Voltage, current, active power, reactive power, apparent power,


power integration, power factor, and frequency
measured values are processed using the calculation formulas
shown in Tables 2 and 3.

6
7

Display
Display range

0.4% to 130% of range (values of 0.4% or less are suppressed to


zero.)

Effective measurement range

10% to 110% of range (only up to 100% for the 600 V range,


2.5% or more for the 20 A range, however)

Display update rate

Approximately once per second (except during FD or RS-232C


operations)

9
10

Individual measurement items

18

Voltage and current measurement

Measurement ranges

150.00 V/300.00 V/600.00 V/auto range

11

Current

20.000 A/50.000 A/100.00 A/200.00 A/500.00 A/auto range


Accuracy is guaranteed in the 20A-100A range for the 9298
sensor, and in all ranges for the 9291 sensor.

12

Measurement method

True effective value

Measurement accuracy

Voltage: 0.1% rdg.0.2%f.s.


Current: 0.1% rdg.0.2%f.s.+ clamp on sensor specifications

13

Crest factor

Voltage: 2 or less (with full scale input; 1.41 or less for the 600
V range, however)
Current: 3 or less (with full scale input; 2.84 or less for the 500
A range, however)

14
A

18.1 Product Specifications

296

Active power measurement

Measurement range

Determined by the voltage current range combination (Refer


to Table 1.)

Measurement accuracy

0.1% rdg. 0.2%f.s. + clamp on sensor specifications (power


factor = 1)

Effect of power factor

0.1% rdg. (45 Hz to 66 Hz, power factor = 0.5)

Polarity display: For


consumption

When the consumption: unsigned; when the for regeneration: "-"

Reactive power measurement

Measurement range

Determined by the voltage current range combination (Refer


to Table 1.)

When not using the reactive


power meter method

Reactive power is calculated on the basis of the voltage, current,


and active power measurements. (Refer to Table 2.)
When using the reactive power meter method: Reactive power is
measured directly by the reactive power meter method.

Measurement accuracy

When not using the reactive power meter method: 1 dgt. for
each calculation from measured values

When using the reactive power


meter method

0.1% rdg. 0.2%f.s. + clamp on sensor specifications (reactive


power factor = 1)

Effect of reactive power factor

1.0% rdg. (45 Hz to 66 Hz, reactive power factor = 0.5, using


the reactive power meter method)

Polarity display

When the current lags the voltage: unsigned; when the current
leads the voltage: "-"

Apparent power measurement

Measurement range

Determined by the voltage current range combination (Refer


to Table 1.)

Measurement accuracy

1 dgt. for each calculation from measured values

Polarity display

No polarity

Power integration measurement

Measurement range

Active power integration: 0.000 Wh to 999999 MWh


Reactive power integration: 0.000 varh to 999999 Mvarh
Apparent power integration: 0.000 VAh to 999999 MVAh

Integrated accuracy

Accuracy of each active power, reactive power and apparent


power measurement 1 dgt.

Timer setting range

10 seconds to 1000 hours (settable in 10-second intervals)

Timer accuracy

25 ppm 1 s (25) (77 F)

18.1 Product Specifications

297

Measurement display

Active power integration: Displays power consumption,


regenerative power, and addition (simple addition)
Reactive power integration: Displays delay and lead for each
phase, total value (sum of absolute values)
* The display items and the integration calculation formulas
depend on the reactive power measurement method setting.
(Refer to Table 3.)

16
17

Power factor measurement

Measurement range

-1.000 (lead) to 0.000 to +1.000 (lag)

Accuracy

1 dgt. for each calculation from measured values

Polarity display

When the current lags the voltage: unsigned; when the current
leads the voltage: "-"

15

Frequency measurement

Measurement range

40.00 to 500.0 Hz

Measurable input range

10% to 110% of range (only up to 100% for the 600 V range,


however)

Measurement source

Voltage U1, or current I1 (same as the PLL synchronization


source)

Accuracy

0.5% rdg. 1 dgt.

Other Characteristics
Frequency characteristics

For a base frequency from 45 Hz to 66 Hz, up to the 50 th order


of the base wave: 3%f.s. + measurement accuracy
For a base frequency from 360 Hz to 440 Hz, up to the 7 th
order of the base wave: 3%f.s. + measurement accuracy

Temperature coefficient

Not more than 0.1%f.s./

Effect of same phase voltage

Not more than 0.2%f.s. (600 VrmsAC, 50/60 Hz, voltage input
terminal shorted with case)

Effect of external magnetic field:

Not more than 1.5%f.s. (in a 400 Arms/m AC, 50/60 Hz


magnetic field)

Real-time clock accuracy

25 ppm 1 s (25) (77 F)

Effect of radiated radiofrequency electromagnetic field

At 3 V/m Voltage: within 3.00 V


Current: within 0.05 A

18
5
6
7
18
9
10
11
12
13
14
A

18.1 Product Specifications

298

18.1.3 Function Specifications


Normal Measurement mode
Instantaneous value display

Displays voltage, current, average voltage, average current,


active power, reactive power, apparent voltage, power factor,
and frequency.
* Active power display includes consumption/regeneration and
reactive power; power factor display includes lag/lead phase
polarity display
* Average value displays are available only when measuring
three currents on a three-phase, three-wire line or when
measuring a three-phase, four-wire line.

Minimum/maximum value
display

Displays minimum/maximum values for voltage, current, active


power, reactive power, apparent power, power factor, and
current.
* Reactive power and power factor displays include
minimum/maximum values for each lagging/leading phase.

Time of generation display

Displays time of generation for each minimum and maximum


value.

Contents of related settings

Contents of setting mode, etc.

Print/save items

Items to be printed on the printer/saved to floppy disk are


specified in 9 blocks (9 blocks arising from all possible
combinations of voltage, current and power with instantaneous
values, maximum values, and minimum values)

File names

Up to eight alphanumeric characters (normal width) or four


kanji (double width)

D/A output items

Voltage, current, active power, reactive power, apparent power,


power factor and frequency

Integrated Measurement mode


Instantaneous value display

Same as instantaneous value display contents for Normal


Measurement mode.

Minimum/maximum value
display

Same as minimum/maximum display contents for Normal


Measurement mode.

Contents of related settings

Contents of setting mode, etc.

Integrated displays 1 and 2

(Refer to Table 3.)

When not using reactive power


method measurement

Integrated display 1: Active power integration, reactive power


integration, apparent power integration, and average value
within a time period when power is being consumed
Integrated display 2: Active power integration
consumption/regeneration/addition, apparent power integration
consumption/regeneration/addition, and reactive power
integration while power is being consumed

When using reactive power


method measurement

Integrated display 1: Active power integration, lagged reactive


power integration, apparent power integration, and average
value within a time period when power is being consumed
Integrated display 2: Active power integration
consumption/regeneration/addition, reactive power integration
lag/lead/total, and apparent power integration while power is
being consumed

18.1 Product Specifications

299

Contents of related settings

Contents of setting mode, etc.

Integration start method

Time specification/manual
* Format for time specification: YY.MM.DD, HH.MM (24-hour
system)

Integration stop method

Time specification/timer/manual
* Timer specification: 10 seconds to 1000 hours (in 10-second
steps)
* Format for time specification: YY.MM.DD, HH.MM (24-hour
system)

Output interval time

2 minutes to 1000 hours (one-minute intervals)

Print/save items

Same items as in Normal Measurement mode, plus integrated


values and average values within a time period.

FD auto output

On/off

File names

Up to eight alphanumeric characters (normal width) or four


kanji (double width)

RS-232C auto output

On/off

D/A output items

Same items as in Normal Measurement mode, and active power


integration (consumption, regeneration, addition)

Integrated output rates

5 V/5 kWh,5 V/10 kWh,5 V/50 kWh,5 V/100 kWh,5 V/500k Wh,
and 5 V/1 MWh

Demand Measurement mode


Instantaneous value display

Same as instantaneous value display contents for Normal


Measurement mode.

Integrated displays 1 and 2

Same as integrated displays 1 and 2 for integrated


measurement, and also average values within a time period.

Minimum/maximum value
display

Same as minimum/maximum display contents for Normal


Measurement mode (during integration time).

Demand display

Displays results from the previous (most recent) demand


measurement period (power integration during the demand
period, average values within a time period, and maximum
demand value).
Maximum demand value generation time: Generation time of
the maximum demand value, up to the previous demand period

Minimum/maximum value
display

Same as minimum/maximum display contents for Normal


Measurement mode (during demand time).

Daily report display

Demand measurement results for a one-day period (24 hours)


following the demand measurement starting date and time
Maximum demand value generation time: Generation time of
the maximum demand value a one-day period (24 hours)
following the demand measurement starting date and time

Minimum/maximum value display

Same as minimum/maximum display contents for Normal


Measurement mode (during daily report period).

18.1 Product Specifications

300

Weekly report display

Demand measurement results for a one-week period (7 days)


following the demand measurement starting date and time
Maximum demand value generation time: Generation time of
the maximum demand value for a one-week period (7 days)
following the demand measurement starting date and time

Minimum/maximum value
display

Same as minimum/maximum display contents for Normal


Measurement mode (during weekly report period).

Monthly report display

Demand measurement results for a one-month period (until the


same date and time of the following month) following the
demand measurement starting date and time (Auto calendar
function)
Maximum demand value generation time: Generation time of
the maximum demand value for a one-month period following
the demand measurement starting date and time

Minimum/maximum value
display

Same as minimum/maximum display contents for Normal


Measurement mode (during monthly report period).

Contents of related settings

Contents of setting mode, etc.

Start time

YY.MM.DD, HH.MM (24-hour system)

Stop time

YY.MM.DD, HH.MM (24-hour system)

Demand period

5 minutes/10 minutes/15 minutes/30 minutes/60 minutes/2


hours/3 hours/4 hours/6 hours/8 hours/12 hours

Transformer capacity

0.001 to 1000.000 kVA (in 0.001 kVA steps)

Print/save items

Integrated Measurement mode items, integrated , demand


values, daily report values, weekly report values, and monthly
report values

FD auto output

On/off
* The FD auto output time interval is the same as the demand
period.

File names

Up to eight alphanumeric characters (normal width) or four


kanji (double width)

RS-232C auto output

On/off

D/A output items

Same items as in Normal Measurement mode, and active power


integration (consumption, regeneration, addition)

Integrated output rates

5 V/5 kWh,5 V/10 kWh,5 V/50 kWh,5 V/100 kWh,5 V/500 kWh,
and 5 V/1 MWh

Harmonic mode
Displays results of harmonic analysis.
For details on display of measurements, settings, etc., refer to the specifications for the 9556 Harmonic
Analysis Software.

18.1 Product Specifications

301

Setting Mode
Using the reactive power meter
method

Yes/no (Refer to Table 2.)


No: Reactive power is calculated on the basis of the voltage,
current, and active power measurements.
* Processing of the measured values is performed by calculation
formulas.
Yes: Reactive power is measured directly by the reactive power
meter method.

Sampling method

PLL synchronization/fixed clock

PLL synchronization/frequency
source

Voltage U1/current I1

Frequency on line being


measured

50/60/400 Hz

Display averaging times

OFF/2/3/4/5/6/7/8/9/10 times (moving average processing)

PT ratio

Setting range: 1 to 10000

CT ratio

Setting range: 0.01 to 10000.00

Backlight

On/off/auto off

Contrast

Gradations can be set (1 to 16).

Key beep

Key beep when a key is pressed can be turned on/off

RS-232C devices

Printers, personal computers, modems

Real-time clock and calendar

Year, month, day, hours, minutes

System reset

System reset restores all settings to factory settings

Floppy disk mode


Loading

Loads saved settings

Data output

Saved settings can be printed out

Floppy disk initialization

Supported disk capacities: 1.2MB/1.44MB (MS-DOS* format)


*"MS-DOS" is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation.

File name changes

File names can be changed.

File deletion

Files can be deleted.

18.1 Product Specifications

302

18.1.4 External Interfaces


RS-232C interface
The interface settings can be customized for the device that is connected (printer/personal
computer/modem).

Transfer method

Start-stop synchronization, full duplex

Settings for printers

Baud rate (bps): 2400, 9600


Data length (bits): 7, 8
Parity checking: Even, odd, off
Stop bit length: 1, 2
Flow control: None, XON/XOFF, RTS/CTS, both
Terminator transmission: CR/LF/CR+LF

Settings for personal computers

Settings for printers, etc


Terminator reception: CR/LF/CR+LF

Settings for modems

Settings for printers, etc


Telephone number: Input the telephone number being called.
Telephone information: Can be used to input comments.
Modem initialization command: 50 characters
ID code: 10 characters (used in order to identify device)

Remote control jack


Measurement start/stop control

Integrated measurement start/stop control, and demand


measurement start control

Data reset control

Data reset for integrated values and for minimum/maximum


values

Printing control

Manual printing control

Floppy disk data save control

Manual data save control

Control signal levels

0/5 V logic signals, and closed/open contact signals

D/A output jack


When the optional 9594 D/A OUTPUT is installed, up to four items set as D/A output setting items can be
output.

Output items

Voltage, current, active power, reactive power, apparent power,


power factor, frequency, and active power integration
(consumption, regeneration, and addition)
The items that can be set also depend on the measurement
mode, however.

Data reset control

DC 5 V/f.s

Output update rate

Normal Measurement mode: Every 2 cycles at 50/60 Hz, every


16 cycles at 400 Hz

Output accuracy

Measurement accuracy 0.2%f.s.

Floppy disk drive


When the optional 9595 FDD UNIT is externally connected to the power meter, it can be used to store
measurements and settings, and to load settings.

18.1 Product Specifications

303

Warning functions
Bad wiring check

Pressing the CHECK key calls up the "Wiring Check" screen,


and permits checking the wiring, phase sequence, and for
reversed clamp on sensor connections.

Over-range indicator

"o.r." is displayed when the input exceeds 130% of the range.


However, minimum/maximum values are displayed until they
go out of the dynamic range.

Excessive input warning


(Out of dynamic range)

The Uov, lov marks are displayed when the peak value of the
voltage or current input waveform exceeds the range by a factor
of two (a factor of three, in the case of current).

PLL unlock

If the PLL lock is lost due to the effects of a distorted waveform,


etc. PLL is displayed and measurement is executed with a fixed
clock.

Other functions
Display language switch

Display language can be switched between Japanese and


English.

Display hold function

Displayed values can be held by pressing the HOLD key.

Battery backup function

Backs up settings and integrated measurement/demand


measurement data.

Processing if power is lost

Backs up settings and integrated measurement/demand


measurement data if power is lost.

Key lock function

Disables all keys, except for the power switch and the CHECK
key.

18.1 Product Specifications

304

18.2 Measurement Range Organization Table


The following table shows the organization of the ranges for current, voltage,
and power (active, reactive, and apparent).

Voltage

Wiring mode

Current

9291 CLAMP ON SENSOR


9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR
20.000 A

50.000 A

100.00 A

200.00 A

500.00 A

1-phase,2-wire
1-phase,3-wire
150.00 V 3-phase,3-wire,2-power
3-phase,3-wire,3-power
3-phase,4-wire

3.0000 kW 7.5000 kW 15.000 kW 30.000 kW 75.000 kW


6.0000
15.000
30.000
60.000
150.00
6.0000
15.000
30.000
60.000
150.00
6.0000
15.500
30.000
60.000
150.00
9.0000
22.500
45.000
90.000
225.00

1-phase,2-wire
1-phase,3-wire
300.00 V 3-phase,3-wire,2-power
3-phase,3-wire,3-power
3-phase,4-wire

6.0000 kW 15.000 kW 30.000 kW 60.000 kW 150.00 kW


12.000
30.000
60.000
120.00
300.00
12.000
30.000
60.000
120.00
300.00
12.000
30.000
60.000
120.00
300.00
18.000
45.000
90.000
180.00
450.00

1-phase,2-wire
1-phase,3-wire
600.00 V 3-phase,3-wire,2-power
3-phase,3-wire,3-power
3-phase,4-wire

12.000 kW 30.000 kW 60.000 kW 120.00 kW 300.00 kW


24.000
60.000
120.00
240.00
600.00
24.000
60.000
120.00
240.00
600.00
24.000
60.000
120.00
240.00
600.00
36.000
90.000
180.00
360.00
900.00

* The Range Organization Table shows the full scale display value for each
measurement range.
* For the apparent power and reactive power measurement ranges, substitute
"VA" or "var" for "W" as the unit in the table.
* The display value for input at 0.4% or less of the measurement range is
suppressed to zero.
* The displayed measurement values for each range can go as high as 130% of
the range.
The display ranges for the power integration are as follows:
* Accuracy is guaranteed in the 20A-100A range for the 9298 sensor, and in all
ranges for the 9291 sensor.
000.000 Wh

to 999.000 Wh

001.000 kWh to 999.999 kWh


001.000 MWh to 999.999 MWh
to 999999 MWh
NOTE

For the apparent power and reactive power integration, substitute "VAh" or
"varh" for "Wh" as the unit in each table.

18.2 Measurement Range Organization Table

305

18.3 Measurement Items and Calculations


Table 2 shows the calculation formulas used for voltage, current, power
(active, reactive, apparent), and power factor.
Table 3 shows the calculation formulas used for the power integration.
Table 2. Basic Calculation Formulas
Wiring
setting
Item

1-phase, 2-wire
U1

Voltage
U[rms]

I1

Current
I[Arms]

Active
power
P[W]

1-phase,
3-wire

3-phase, 3-wire
2 voltage,
2 voltage,
2 current
3 current

3-phase, 4-wire

U1
U2

U1
U2

U1
U2

U1
U2
U3

I1
I2

I1
I2

I1
I2
I3

I1
I2
I3

P1
P1+P2

P1+P2

P1+P2+P3

Q1
When not using the
reactive power meter
method

Reactive
power
Q[var]

Q1+Q2
When using the reactive
power meter method

Q1+Q2

Q1+Q2+Q3

S1+S2

S1+S2+S3

S1
When not using the
reactive power meter
method

Apparent
power
S[VA]

When using the reactive


power meter method

When P>S, P=S

Power
factor
[]

18.3 Measurement Items and Calculations

306

* U: Voltage between lines (phase voltage for 3-phase, 4-wire wiring); I: Line
current; Uave:Iave: Average voltage/average current; si: Lead/lag polarity, "+1"
is lag, "-" is lead.
* u: measurement channel; M: number of samples; s: sample point number; m:
number of samples per cycle (128 for 50/60 Hz, 16 for 400 Hz)
* Two different methods of calculating the reactive power can be selected. There
are also two different methods for calculating the apparent power, depending
on how the reactive power is calculated.
* "si" is detected by the reactive power meter method.

18.3 Measurement Items and Calculations

307

Table 3. Integration Calculation Formulas


Reactive power
measurement

When not using the reactive


power meter method

When using the reactive


power meter method

Display screen
Active power integration during
Active power integration during
consumption
consumption
WP:(P)/h
WP:(P)/h

Integration 1/2 screen Apparent power integration during


consumption
(basic)

Lagging reactive power integration


WQ:(Q)/h

WS:(S)/h
Reactive power integration during
consumption

Apparent power integration during


consumption

Active power integration


Consumption

Active power integration


Consumption
:(P)/h

Active power integration


Regeneration

:(P)/h
Active power integration
Regeneration

:(P)/h

:(P)/h

Active power integration Addition


Active power integration
:(P)/h(P)/h Addition
:(P)/h+(P)/h

Integration 2/2
screen (detailed)

Apparent power integration


Reactive power integration
Consumption
Lag
:(S)/h
:(Q)/h
Apparent power integration
Reactive power integration
Regeneration
Lead
:(S)/h
:(Q)/h
Apparent power integration Addition Reactive power integration
:(S)/h+S/h Total
:(Q)/h+Q/h
Reactive power integration (during
consumption)

Load
factor
LF%

Apparent power integration


(during consumption)

Average value within a time period of


the Active power integration (consumption)(Pave)
100
Maximum demand value (Pavemax)

Demand screen
Usage
factor
TLF
%

Average value within a time period of


the apparent power integration (consumption)(Save)
100
Transformer capacity setting

18.3 Measurement Items and Calculations

308

* The polarity sign for the active power P indicates the direction in which power
flows during consumption (P) and regeneration (-P).
The polarity sign for the reactive power Q is indicated by "+Q" for a lagging
power factor and by "-Q" for a leading power factor.
The polarity sign for the apparent power S is indicated by "+S" when power
consumption occurs, and by "-S" when power regeneration occurs.
* "h" indicates elapsed time.
* " (+P)" etc., indicate the integrated power value from the start of integration
until the end of the elapsed period.
* "-S" and "-Q" indicate absolute values.
* The transformer capacity can be set as desired.
* Because integration by the reactive power meter method is performed for both
polarities (lag and lead), consumption/regeneration power flows that occur
during integration are integrated with the value that has the same respective
polarity.

18.3 Measurement Items and Calculations

309

18.4 Internal Block Diagram


An internal block diagram of the 3166 is shown below.

50/60 Hz
fixed clock

PLL

Waveform
adjustment

Frequency
measurement

CPU
Flash
ROM

Range
amplifier

Photo
-coupler

Range
amplifier

Range
amplifier

A/D
Dual port
RAM

Photo
-coupler

Range
amplifier

Range
amplifier

Backup
SRAM

KEY
A/D

Timing
control

Photo
-coupler

Range
amplifier

Work
DRAM

LCD

RTC

Key
beep

External
control

D/A

RS232C

FD

A/D
Optional

Block Diagram

18.4 Internal Block Diagram

310

18.5 9291/ 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR Specifications


These specifications apply to the 9291/ 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR.
The expressions "9291 Specifications / 9298 Specifications" and the like
indicate that different specifications are used.
Location for use

Indoors, altitude up to 2000 m (6562 feet)

Rated primary current

Up to 500 AAC / Up to 100 AAC

Rated secondary current

Up to 500 mAAC / Up to 100 mAAC

Accuracy specifications assumptions

235 (73 F9 F), 45 Hz to 66 Hz, used in


combination with the 3166 CLAMP ON POWER
HiTESTER

Secondary current oscillation accuracy

0.5% rdg.0.2%f.s.
"f.s." is assumed to be the current range set for the 3166.

Secondary current phase accuracy

Within 0.5 degree / 90 A or below: within 1 above 90


A but not exceeding 100 A: 1.3

Oscillation frequency characteristics

66 Hz to 3 kHz, within 1% (deviation from accuracy)

Effect of external magnetic fields

Maximum of 0.1 A equivalent (in a 400 A/m AC field)

Effect of position of conductor

Within 0.5%

Maximum allowable input

550 / 130 A continuous at 45 to 66 Hz and 50

Withstand voltage

5.55 / 3.7 kVAC for 1 minute


Between circuitry and case, or core and case

Maximum current voltage in circuitry

600 / 300 VrmsAC (insulated conductor)

Operating temperature and humidity range

0 to 50, 80% RH or less (no condensation)

Storage temperature and humidity range

-10 to 60, 80% RH or less (no condensation)

Applicable standards

Safety: EN61010-2-032:1995, EN61010-2-031:1994,


pollution integration 2, overvoltage category III

Conductor diameter that can be measured

46 mm (1.81") / 15 mm (0.59")

Cord length

3 m (9.84 feet)

External dimensions

77 (W) 151 (H) 42 (D) mm (3.03" (W) 5.95" (H)


1.65" (D)) / 46 (W) 135 (H) 21 (D) mm (1.81" (W)
5.32" (H) 0.83" (D))

Mass

Approx. 360 g (12.70 oz) / 230 g (8.1 oz)

Accessories

Instruction Manual 1
Mark bands 6 (2 each of red, yellow, blue)

18.5 9291/ 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR Specifications

311

18.6 9595 FDD UNIT Specifications


These specifications apply to the 9595 FDD UNIT.

18.6.1 General Specifications


Storage temperature and
humidity range

-10 to 50 (50 F to 122 F), 80% RH or less (no condensation)

Operating temperature and


humidity range

5 to 40 (41 F to 104 F), 80% RH or less (no condensation)

Power supply

Power is supplied by the 3166.

External dimensions

240 (W) 33 (H) 170 (D) mm


(9.45" (W) 1.30" (H) 6.69" (D))
(excludes cables and projections)

Mass

Approx. 740g (26.10 oz)

18.6.2 Specifications
Compatible media

3.5-inch 2HD floppy disks (1.2MB/1.44MB)

Format

Format: (MS-DOS* format)


*"MS-DOS" is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation.

Data that can be saved


1. Setting conditions
2. Measured values

Can save all setting conditions set in the 3166.


Can save data on voltage, current, active power, reactive power,
apparent power, power factor, frequency, active power
integration, reactive power integration, apparent power
integration, maximum values, minimum values, time data, and
harmonic analysis data.

18.6.3 Functions
Functions that can be used
when connected to the 3166

Saving and loading settings


Saving measured values
Outputting measured values (to a printer for direct printing)
Initializing floppy disks
Changing file names and deleting files

18.6 9595 FDD UNIT Specifications

312

18.6.4 Miscellaneous
Because the 9595 FDD UNIT is an option designed specifically for the 3166,
items not noted here are covered by the specifications for the 3166.

18.6.5 Accessories
Accessories

Instruction manual 1
Mounting screws 4

18.6 9595 FDD UNIT Specifications

APPENDIX 1

Appendix

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
APP

IND

APPENDIX 2

Appendix 1 Error Messages


Message

Remedy

Floppy disk-related
File names cannot include spaces.

Do not use spaces in file names.

Saving data.

Data is in the process of being saved to the floppy disk.


Wait for a few moments.

Save completed.

Data is saved to the floppy disk.


(The date and time at which the data was saved is also
displayed.)

Disk is write-protected.

The floppy disk is write-protected; release the writeprotection in order to save data on the disk.

File error.

For an unknown reason, the floppy disk save/load operation


could not be performed. Execute the operation again.

9595 FDD unit not connected.

The 9595 FDD UNIT is not connected.

Could not open file.

For an unknown reason, the specified file could not be


opened. Execute the operation again. Confirm that a floppy
disk has been properly inserted.

File is not exist.

The setting file or measurement file does not exist on the


floppy disk.

File error occurred. Cannot output This message is displayed when data could not be output
because an error occurred in either the setting data file or
data.
the measurement data file.
File already exist.

This message is displayed when the file name was changed


to the name of a file that already exists. Set a different file
name.

Setting screen-related
Cant alter settings when measuring
or with data in memory.

When changing the settings, first perform a data reset on the


measurement screen.

Cant alter settings while holding.

When changing the settings, first release the hold condition.

Cant alter settings with keylock on.

When changing the settings, first release the key lock


condition.

Cant alter settings in standby.

When changing the settings, first terminate the measurement


process and then perform a data reset. Note that although
the "print/save items" and the "FD auto output" setting can
be changed, additional integration will not be possible.

Measurement screen-related
Measurement data was reset.

This message is displayed when the data was cleared by


pressing the DATA RESET key.

Cant return unless the hold is


released.

Release the hold and then execute the operation before


returning to the "initial" screen.

Cant return without performing a


data reset.

Perform a data reset before returning to the "initial" screen.

Integration start/stop times are


invalid.

The integration start/stop times are in the past compared


time. Cant start integrated measurement.

Cant start integrated measurement.

Integrated measurement cannot start (because integration


has ended).

Appendix 1 Error Messages

APPENDIX 3

Message

Remedy

OK to stop integration?

This inquiry appears when stopping integrated measurement.

Integrated measurement ended.

This message appears when integrated measurement ended


at the set time.
(Displayed when additional integration is not possible.)

Will end according to timer.

This message is displayed when integrated measurement is


to end after the time set by the timer.

Additional integration permitted.

This message is displayed when there are still integrated


values remaining in integrated measurement. If additional
integration is not to be performed, execute a data reset
before starting the next measurement.

Cant return without stopping


integration and resetting the data.

This warning is displayed when the RETURN key was


pressed while integrated measurement was still in progress.
Stop measurement and execute a data reset before
returning to the "initial" screen.

OK to stop demand measurement?

This inquiry appears when stopping demand measurement.

Invalid demand start time.

The set start time is in the past compared to the current


time. Reset the start time as a future time.

Cant return without stopping


demand measurement and resetting
the data.

This warning is displayed when the RETURN key was


pressed while demand measurement was still in progress.
Stop measurement and execute a data reset before
returning to the initial screen.

Cant start demand measurement.

There is still data from the last measurement stored in


memory. Before starting demand measurement, press the
DATA RESET key to clear the data.

A power failure occurred.

This warning is displayed when a power failure occurred.


(If a printer is connected, the date and time is output.If a
printer is connected, the date and time is output.)

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Interface-related
Please set RS-232C connection to
printer.

When outputting data to the printer, set "printer" as the


device connected to the RS-232C interface.

Use numbers, hyphens and comma


to input TEL numbers.

Input telephone numbers in a format such as "0268-280575". ("0268280575" is also permissible.)

Use letters, numbers and symbols


for input.

NOTE

10
11

Other message
Executing a system reset restores
all of the factory settings.

Except for the data and time settings when the power meter
is shipped from the factory.

This message disappears when a key is pressed.

12
13
14
15
APP

Appendix 1 Error Messages

IND

APPENDIX 4

Appendix 2 List of Commands

Appendix 2.1 List of Commands


Command

Data format
( ): number of data items

Page

Display average time setting.

170

Display average time query.

170

Backlight setting.

171

Backlight setting query.

171

Key beep on or off setting.

172

Key beep setting query.

172

Real time (system) clock setting.

173

Real time (system) clock query.

173

Contrast setting.

174

:CONTrast?

Contrast setting query.

174

:CURRent?

Current range setting value


query.

175

Current auto range setting.

176

Current auto range setting query.

176

Current range setting.

177

Current range setting query.

177

Demand measurement D/A output


item setting.

178

Demand measurement D/A output


item query.

178

Demand measurement integrated


output rate setting.

179

NR1 numeric data (1)

Demand measurement integrated


output rate query.

179

[ON/OFF]

Demand measurement FD
automatic output setting.

180

Demand measurement FD
automatic output query.

180

:AVERaging

NR1 numeric data (1)

Explanation

:AVERaging?
:BACKlight

[ON/OFF/AUTO]

:BACKlight?
[ON/OFF]

:BEEPer
:BEEPer?

NR1 numeric data (6)

:CLOCk
:CLOCk?
:CONTrast

NR1 numeric data (1)

:CURRent
:AUTO

[ON/OFF]

:AUTO?
:RANGe

NR1 numeric data (1)

:RANGe?
:DEMand
:AUTO

[Any four items] Character


data

:AUTO?
:AOUT
:RATE
:RATE?
:DATAout
:FD
:FD?

Appendix 2 List of Commands

APPENDIX 5

Command

Data format
( ): number of data items

:FILEname

Explanation

Page

Demand measurement FD output


file name setting.

181

:FILEname?

[File name] Character data

Demand measurement FD output


file name query.

181

:ITEM

NR1 numeric data (4)

Demand print/save item setting.

182

Demand print/save item query.

182

No present

Demand measurement start in


demand measurement mode.

183

NR1 numeric data (5)

Demand measurement start time


setting.

184

Demand measurement start time


query.

184

:ITEM?
:STARt

1
2
3
4

:STARt
:TIME
:TIME?
:STATE?

No present

Demand measurement status


query.

184

:STOP

No present

Demand measurement stop in


demand measurement mode.

185

Demand measurement stop time


setting.

186

Demand measurement stop time


query.

186

Demand time setting.

187

Demand time query.

187

Transformer capacity setting.

185

Transformer capacity query.

185

Displayed screen query.

189

NR1 numeric data (5)

:TIME?
:TIME

NR1 numeric data (1)

:TIME?
:TRANs

NR3 numeric data (1)

:TRANs?
:DISPlay?
:DISPlay
:DEMand

NR1 numeric data (1)

Demand measurement mode


display.

190

:INTEgrate

NR1 numeric data (1)

Integrated measurement mode


display.

191

:NORMal

NR1 numeric data (1)

Normal measurement mode


display.

192

:INItial

No present

Initial screen display.

193

No present

Data reset execution.

193

:DRESet

6
7

:STOP
:TIME

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
APP

Appendix 2 List of Commands

IND

APPENDIX 6

Command

Data format
( ): number of data items

Explanation

Page

:FREQuency

Measurement line frequency


setting.

194

:FREQuency?

Measurement line frequency


setting query.

194

Header setting.

195

Header setting query.

195

Display hold setting.

196

Display hold setting query.

196

Integrated measurement D/A


output item setting.

197

Integrated measurement D/A


output item query.

197

Integrated measurement D/A


output rate setting.

198

Integrated measurement D/A


output rate query.

198

Integrated measurement mode FD


automatic output setting.

199

Integrated measurement mode FD


automatic output query.

199

Integrated measurement FD
output file name setting.

200

Integrated measurement FD
output file name query.

200

Integrated measurement
print/save item setting.

201

Integrated measurement
print/save item query.

201

Output interval setting.

202

Output interval query.

202

No present

Integrated measurement start in


integrated measurement mode.

203

[MANUAL/TIME]

Integrated measurement start


method setting.

204

Integrated measurement start


method query.

204

:HEADer

[ON/OFF]

:HEADer?
[ON/OFF]

:HOLD
:HOLD?
:INTEgrate
:AOUT

[Any four items] Character


data

:AOUT?
:AOUT
:RATE

NR1 numeric data (1)

:RATE?
:DATAout
:FD

[ON/OFF]

:FD?
:FILEname

[File name] Character data

:FILEname?
:ITEM

NR1 numeric data (3)

:ITEM?
:INTerval

NR1 numeric data (2)

:INTerval?
:STARt
:STARt
:METHod
:METHod?

Appendix 2 List of Commands

APPENDIX 7

Command

Data format
( ): number of data items

Page

Integrated measurement start


time setting.

205

Integrated measurement start


time query.

205

:STATe?

Integrated measurement state


query.

206

:STOP

Integrated measurement stop in


integrated measurement mode.

206

Integrated measurement stop


method setting.

207

Integrated measurement stop


method query.

207

Integrated measurement stop


time setting.

208

Integrated measurement stop


time query.

208

Integrated timer setting.

209

Integrated timer query.

209

Key lock execution.

210

Key lock execution query.

210

:TIME

NR1 numeric data (5)

Explanation

:TIME?

:STOP
:METHod

[MANUAL/TIME/TIMER]

:METHod?
:TIME

NR1 numeric data (5)

:TIME?
:TIMEr

NR1 numeric data (3)

:TIMEr?
[ON/OFF]

:KLOCk
:KLOCk?
:MEASure
:DEMand
:INSTant?

NR1 numeric data (2)

Demand measurement
instantaneous data query.

211

:DEMand?

NR1 numeric data (13)

Demand measurement demand


data query.

212

:DAYly?

NR1 numeric data (13)

Demand measurement mode daily


report data query.

216

:WEEKly?

NR1 numeric data (13)

Demand measurement mode


weekly report data query.

216

:MONthly?

NR1 numeric data (13)

Demand measurement mode


monthly report data query.

216

:INTEgrate?

NR1 numeric data (13)

Demand measurement mode


integrated data query.

216

Appendix 2 List of Commands

APPENDIX 8

Command

Data format
( ): number of data items

Explanation

Page

:INTEgrate?

NR1 numeric data (13)

Integrated measurement data


query.

217

:NORMal?

NR1 numeric data (10)

Normal measurement data query.

220

[Any four items] Character


data

Normal measurement D/A output


item setting.

222

Normal measurement D/A output


item query.

222

Normal measurement FD output


file name setting.

223

Normal measurement FD output


file name query.

223

Normal measurement mode


print/save item setting.

224

Normal measurement mode


print/save item query.

224

Reactive power operation method


setting.

225

Reactive power meter method


setting query.

225

:NORMal
:AOUT
:AOUT?
:DATAout
:FILEname

[file name] Character data

:FILEname?
:ITEM

NR1 numeric data (2)

:ITEM?
:OPERationvar

[ON/OFF]

:OPERationvar?
:RESEt

No present

System reset execution.

226

:SAMPling

[PLL/CLOCK]

Sampling method setting.

227

Sampling method setting query.

227

CT ratio setting.

228

CT ratio setting query.

228

PT ratio setting.

229

PT ratio setting query.

229

PLL synchronization, frequency


measurement source setting.

230

PLL synchronization, frequency


measurement source query.

230

Separator setting.

231

Separator setting query.

231

Delimiter setting.

232

Delimiter query.

232

:SAMPling?
:SCALe
:CT

NR3 numeric data (1)

:CT?
:PT

NR3 numeric data (1)

:PT?
:SOURce

[U1/I1]

:SOURce?
:TRANsmit
:SEParator

NR1 numeric data (1)

:SEParator?
:TERMinator
:TERMinator?

NR1 numeric data (1)

Appendix 2 List of Commands

APPENDIX 9

Command

Data format
( ): number of data items

:VOLTage?

Explanation

Page

Voltage range setting value query.

233

Voltage auto range setting.

234

Voltage auto range setting query.

234

Voltage range setting.

235

Voltage range setting query.

235

Wiring method setting.

236

Wiring method setting query.

236

:VOLTage
:AUTO

[ON/OFF]

:AUTO?
:RANGe

NR1 numeric data (1)

:RANGe?
:WIRing
:WIRing?

NR1 numeric data (1)

Appendix 2 List of Commands

APPENDIX 10

Appendix 2.2 Hierarchical Organization of Commands


AVERaging
AVERaging?
BACKlight
BACKlight?
BEEPer
BEEPer?
CLOCk
CONTrast
CONTrast?
CURRent?
CURRent

AUTO
AUTO?
RANGe
RANGe?

DEMand

AOUT
AOUT?
AOUT

RATE
RATE?

DATAout

FD
FD?
FILEname
FILEname?
ITEM
ITEM?

STARt
STARt

TIME
TIME?

STATe?

Appendix 2 List of Commands

APPENDIX 11

STOP
STOP

TIME
TIME?

TIME
TIME?
TRANs
TRANs?

DISPlay?
DISPlay

DEMand
INTEgrate
NORMal
lINItial

DRESet
FREQuency
FREQuency?
HEADer
HEADer?
HOLD
HOLD?
INTEGrate

AOUT
AOUT?

AOUT

RATE
RATE?

DATAout

FD
FD?
FILEname
FILEname?
ITEM
ITEM?

Appendix 2 List of Commands

APPENDIX 12

INTerval
INTerval?

STARt
STARt

METHod
METHod?
TIME
TIME?

STATe?

STOP
STOP

METHod
METHod?
TIME
TIME?

TIMEr
TIMEr?
KLOCk
KLOCk?
MEASure

DEMand

INSTant?

INTEgrate?

DEMand?

NORMal?

DAYly?
WEEKly?
MONthly?
INTEgrate?

NORMal

AOUT
AOUT?
DATAout

FILEname
FILEname?
ITEM
ITEM?

Appendix 2 List of Commands

APPENDIX 13

OPERationvar
OPERationvar?

RESEt
SAMPling
SAMPling?
SCALe

CT
CT?
PT
PT?

SOURce
SOURce?
TRANsmit

SEParator
SEParator?
TERMinator
TERMinator?

VOLTage?
VOLTage

AUTO
AUTO?
RANGe
RANGe?

WIRing
WIRing?

Appendix 2 List of Commands

APPENDIX 14

Appendix 2.3 Valid Commands for Each Status


Valid Commands for Each
Initial screen

Menu screen when the power is turned on.

Setting mode

Setting mode screen.

FD mode

Floppy Disk mode screen.

Normal Measurement mode


Continue

Measurement mode status in Normal Measurement


mode.

HOLD

Hold function in use (H mark is displayed).

Wiring check

Incorrect wiring check screen.

Setting

Setting screen for Normal Measurement mode.

Integrated measurement mode


Continue,while integrated
measurement is in progress

Either waiting for the integrated measurement start key


to be pressed, or integrated measurement is in
progress.

Hold, while integrated


measurement is in progress

Hold function is being used in the above state (H mark


is displayed).

Continue, while integrated


measurement is stopped

Either integrated measurement has been stopped or


has ended.

Hold, while integrated


measurement is stopped

Hold function is being used in the above state (H mark


is displayed).

Wiring check

Incorrect wiring check screen.

Setting

Setting screen for Integrated Measurement mode.

Demand measurement mode


Continue, while demand
measurement is in progress

Either waiting for the demand measurement start key


to be pressed, or demand measurement is in
progress.

Hold, while demand measurement Hold function is being used in the above state (H mark
is displayed).
is in progress
Continue, while demand
measurement is stopped

Demand measurement has ended.

Hold, while demand measurement Hold function is being used in the above state (H mark
is displayed).
is stopped
Wiring check

Incorrect wiring check screen.

Setting

Setting.

Can be executed.

Cannot be executed.

Partly

A device-dependent error results while integrated


measurement or demand measurement is in progress.

Appendix 2 List of Commands

APPENDIX 15

: Continue/

Condition
Initial
screen

Setting
mode/
FD
mode

Normal
measurement
mode

Integrated measurement
mode

: HOLD/

: Setting

Demand measurement mode

Integration
RUN

: Wiring/

Demand

STOP

RUN

STOP

Command
:AVERaging

:AVERaging?

:BACKlight

:BACKlight?

:BEEPer

:BEEPer?

:CLOCk

:CLOCk?

:CONTrast

:CONTrast?

:CURRent?

:AUTO

:AUTO?

Partly Partly

Partly

Partly

Partly

Partly

:RANGe

Partly

Partly

Partly

:RANGe?

:AUTO

Partly

Partly

:AUTO?

:RATE

Partly

Partly

:RATE?

:FD

Partly

Partly

:FD?

:FILEname

Partly

Partly

:FILEname?

Partly Partly

:CURRent

:DEMand

:AOUT

:DATAout

Appendix 2 List of Commands

APPENDIX 16

: Continue/

Condition
Setting
Initial mode/
screen FD
mode

Normal
measurement
mode

Integrated measurement
mode

: HOLD/

: Setting

Demand measurement mode

Integration
RUN

: Wiring/

Demand

STOP

RUN

STOP

Command

:ITEM

Partly

Partly

:ITEM?

Partly

:TIME

Partly

Partly

:TIME?

:STATe?

:STOP

Partly

:TIME

Partly

Partly

:TIME?

:TIME

Partly

Partly

:TIME?

:TRANs

Partly

Partly

:TRANs?

:DEMand

Partly Partly

:INTEgrate

Partly Partly

Partly

Partly

:NORMal

Partly Partly

Partly

Partly

:INItial

Partly Partly

Partly

Partly

:DRESet

:FREQuency

Partly

Partly

:FREQuency?

:HEADer

:HEADer?

:HOLD

:HEADer?

:STARt
:STARt

:STOP

:DISPlay?
:DISPlay

Partly Partly

Partly Partly

Partly Partly

Appendix 2 List of Commands

APPENDIX 17

: Continue/

Condition
Setting
Initial mode/
screen FD
mode

Normal
measurement
mode

Integrated measurement
mode

: HOLD/

: Setting

Demand measurement mode

Integration
RUN

: Wiring/

Demand

STOP

RUN

STOP

Command

:INTEgrate
:AOUT

:AOUT?

:RATE

:RATE?

:FD

:FD?

:FILEname

:FILEname?

:ITEM

:ITEM?

:INTerval

:INTerval?

:STARt

:METHod

:METHod?

:TIME

:TIME?

:STATe?

:STOP

:METHod

:METHod?

:TIME

:TIME?

:TIMEr

:TIMEr?

Partly

Partly Partly

Partly

Partly Partly

Partly Partly

:AOUT
Partly Partly

:DATAout
Partly Partly

Partly Partly

Partly Partly

Partly Partly

:STARt

Partly Partly

:STOP

Partly Partly

Partly Partly

Appendix 2 List of Commands

APPENDIX 18

: Continue/

Condition
Setting
Initial mode/
screen FD
mode

Normal
measurement
mode

Integrated measurement
mode

: HOLD/

: Setting

Demand measurement mode

Integration
RUN

: Wiring/

Demand

STOP

RUN

STOP

Command

:KLOCk

:KLOCk?

:INSTant?

:DEMand?

:DAYly

:WEEKly?

:MONthly?

:INTEgrate?

:INTEgrate?

:NORMal?

:AOUT

:AOUT?

:FILEname

:FILEname?

:ITEM

:ITEM?

:OPERationvar

Partly

Partly

:OPERationvar?

:RESEt

:SAMPling

Partly

Partly

Partly

:SAMPling?

:MEASure
:DEMand

:NORMal

:DATAout

Appendix 2 List of Commands

APPENDIX 19

: Continue/

Condition
Setting
Initial mode/
screen FD
mode

Normal
measurement
mode

Integrated measurement
mode

: HOLD/

: Setting

Demand measurement mode

Integration
RUN

: Wiring/

Demand

STOP

RUN

STOP

Command

:SCALe
:CT

Partly

Partly

Partly

:CT?

:PT

Partly

Partly

Partly

:PT?

:SOURce

Partly

Partly

Partly

:SOURce?

:SEParator

:SEParator?

:TERMinator

:TERMinator?

:AUTO

Partly

Partly

Partly

:AUTO?

:RANGe

Partly

Partly

Partly

:RANGe?

:WIRing

:WIRing?

:TRANsmit

:VOLTage?

:VOLTage?

Appendix 2 List of Commands

APPENDIX 20

Appendix 2.4 Chart of Initialization Items


Initialization method

Power on

System reset

RS-232C setting

Device-specific functions
(range, etc.)

Output queue

Input buffer

Current path

Header ON/OFF

Response message delimiter

Response message separator

Appendix 2 List of Commands

APPENDIX 21

Appendix 3 Active Power Consumption/Regeneration,


and Reactive Power and Power Factor Lead
and Lag

Appendix 3.1 Active Power


In the 3166, the polarity of active power is positive ("+") for consumption
power and negative ("-") for regeneration power. The phase difference of the
current versus the voltage for consumption power ranges from -90 to +90,
and for regeneration power ranges from -180 to -90 and from +90 to +180.
Of the types of power mentioned above, only the data for consumption power
is added for the consumption power integration +WP. Similarly, only the data
for regeneration power is added for -WP. WP indicates the total power
integration, balancing consumption and regeneration.
NOTE

Normally, power that is supplied (consumed) flows from the power supply to
the load, but in equipment that uses a motor for motive power (such as an
elevator), power sometimes returns to the power supply (is regenerated) when
the load is light, etc.

Appendix 3.2 Reactive Power


This power meter permits selection of one of two measurement methods for
reactive power.
a.Not using the reactive power meter method
This method, used in most power meters, derives the reactive power indirectly
from calculations based on direct measurements of active power and apparent
power (the product of the real values for voltage and current, including
harmonic wave components). Therefore, in cases where the composition of the
harmonic wave components included in the voltage and current differs, the
polarity only is determined through the reactive power method. For lagging
phases, "+" is added; for leading phases, "-" is added. The phase difference of
the current versus the voltage for consumption power ranges from 0 to +180
for both lagging and leading phases, respectively.
b. Using the reactive power meter method
This method measures the reactive power directly, in the same manner as
reactive power meters that are installed at the locations of high-demand power
consumers. Using this method eliminates the effects of an imbalance or
asymmetry between lines being measured. In addition, measurement values
are calculated using only those voltage and current components that are of the
same frequency.
The polarity is the same as when not using the reactive power meter method.

Appendix 3 Active Power Consumption/Regeneration, and Reactive Power and Power Factor Lead and Lag

APPENDIX 22

Reference Differences in measured values


Note that some voltage and current waveforms will yield different results for
reactive power and power factor measurements when each of the
measurement methods described above is selected.
When the voltage and current waveforms are both sine waves (or have
identical waveforms)
In the case of a sine wave such as that shown in the diagram, only the base
wave is present, so the same measured values will be obtained, regardless of
which measurement method is used.

Input WaveformSine Wave


When the voltage waveform is a sine wave and the current waveform is a
unique distorted waveform (There are harmonic wave components in the
current.)
In the case of a sine wave such as that shown in the diagram, using the
reactive power meter method will yield a small reactive power value and a
large (good) power factor.
This difference arises as a result of the principles described below.
When the reactive power meter method is not used, in order to determine the
reactive power (var1), the apparent power (VA1) derived from the product of
the actual current and voltage values includes not only the base wave
component but also the harmonic wave components. The power factor in this
case is labelled 1.
Conversely, when using the reactive power meter method, only components of
the same frequency appear as measured values because the reactive power is
determined directly, like the active power (P). Therefore, in this example, the
current waveform has many harmonic wave components, and the reactive
power (var2) of the component that has the same frequency as the voltage (i.e.,
just the base wave) is smaller than that measured by the method described
above. Because the apparent power (VA2) derived from this P and var2 is also
smaller as a result, the power factor (2) increases, since it is derived from
the ratio of the active power and the apparent power.
var1 > var2
VA1 > VA2
1 < 2

Appendix 3 Active Power Consumption/Regeneration, and Reactive Power and Power Factor Lead and Lag

APPENDIX 23

Input Waveform Current is Distorted

Appendix 3 Active Power Consumption/Regeneration, and Reactive Power and Power Factor Lead and Lag

APPENDIX 24

Appendix 3.3 Power Factor


Regardless of whether the reactive power meter method is used or not, the
power factor is derived from calculations based on direct measurements of
active power and apparent power. The polarity for lagging phases is unsigned;
for leading phases, "-" is added.
Note that this polarity is determined by the reactive power polarity are
derived through the reactive power meter method.

0
LEADLead

LAGLag

P
WP

90

Reactive
power

Q
WQ

Q
WQ

Power
factor

Power
factor

Active power
P
WP

90

Regeneration

Reactive
power

Consumption

Active power

180
Phase Relationship between Voltage and Current

Appendix 3 Active Power Consumption/Regeneration, and Reactive Power and Power Factor Lead and Lag

APPENDIX 25

Appendix 4 Sampling in the 3166


This power meter uses two cycles (when measuring at 50/60 Hz; 16 cycles
when measuring at 400 Hz) as one sample and takes measurements by
continuously performing various calculations on the data (without losing the
waveform). This data is displayed intermittently, depending on the display
update rate, as the instantaneous values. In contrast, the
minimum/maximum values are displayed by finding the minimum and
maximum values in all of the continuously measured sample values.
Because all of the continuously measured sample value data is integrated for
the integrated values in Integrated Measurement mode and Demand
Measurement mode, even transient waveforms can be measured.
In Normal Measurement mode the D/A output continuously outputs all of the
continuously measured sample values.
Therefore, even transient changes in the input waveform generated by a power
spike, for example, will be faithfully detected or output.
In Integrated Measurement or Demand Measurement mode, however, the D/A
output follows the display update rate.

Appendix 4 Sampling in the 3166

APPENDIX 26

Instantaneous
value
measurement

Display

Instantaneous
value display

Effective value calculation

Minimum/
maximum
value detection

Approximately 1 second

Approximately 1 second
Display

Effective value calculation

Display

Effective value calculation

Two cycles

Input

Integrated value

Integrate
d/Deman
d
measure

Normal
Measurement
mode

Power calculation

Power calculation

Power calculation

Output

Output

Output

Output

Output

Output

D/A output
Integrated
Measurement
mode/Demand
Measurement
mode

Sampling

Appendix 4 Sampling in the 3166

APPENDIX 27

Appendix 5 Screen Configuration

Execute
FD
Next page

Return
Execute

Initial screen

Setup
Return

Function setup
1/2
Previous page

Return
Execute

Execute

Normal
measurement

Integrated
measurement

Instantaneous
values

Screen switching

Execute
Demand
measurement
Item changing

Instantaneous Values
Minimum/maximum
Integration 1/2
Integration 2/2

F1
Minimum/
maximum

Return

Return
Check

Normal measurement setup screen 1/2


Previous page

Function
setup 2/2

Next
page

Normal measurement setup screen 2/2

Wiring diagram

Wiring check

11

Return
Check

Integrated measurement setup screen 1/2


Previous page

Page changing

Next
page
Integrated measurement setup screen 2/2

Check

Wiring diagram
Wiring check

Demand Measurement setup screen 1/2


Previous page

Next
page
Demand measurement setup screen 2/2

Wiring diagram
Wiring check

Instantaneous values
Integrated values
Demand
Daily Report
Weekly Report
Monthly Report
Minimum/maximum, Integration 1/2, Integration 2/2
Minimum/maximum, Demand 1/2, Demand 2/2
Minimum/maximum, Daily Report 1/2, Daily Report 2/2
Minimum/maximum, Weekly Report 1/2, Weekly Report 2/2
11

Minimum/maximum, Monthly Report 1/2, Monthly Report 2/2

Appendix 5 Screen Configuration

APPENDIX 28

Appendix 6 Packing the 3166 in the 9383 Carrying Case


The optional 9383 CARRYING CASE is useful when you need to carry the
3166 and take measurements in the field. The carrying case can accommodate
the 3166 with the 9595 FDD UNIT attached, three 9291 CLAMP ON
SENSOR, the 9438 VOLTAGE CORD, the instruction manual, and other
items.
The carrying case includes a window that allows you to read the display
screen without needing to remove the 3166 from its carrying case. A side flap
also allows you to insert and remove floppy disks.

Indication window
Instruction manual

Clamp on sensors

Fix to belt after


attached.
3166,9595

Voltage cord
FD output port

Packing the 3166 Into the Carrying Case

Reference

NOTE

When putting the 3166 with the 9595 FDD UNIT attached into the carrying
case, remove the sponge padding from the carrying case.
The carrying case is not designed to be waterproof or dustproof. Do not use
the carrying case under dusty or wet conditions.
Gently wipe dirt from the surface of the 3166 to the carrying case unit with
a soft cloth moistened with a small amount of water or mild detergent. Do
not try to clean the unit using cleaners containing organic solvents such as
benzine, alcohol, acetone, ether, ketones, thinners, or gasoline. They may
cause discoloration or damage.

Appendix 6 Packing the 3166 in the 9383 Carrying Case

APPENDIX 29

Appendix 7 Glossary of Terms


RMS:
Root Mean Square value for a voltage or current waveform. This value is used
to represent the size of an AC signal. Because the 3166 converts waveform
data to a digital signal before performing this operation, even distorted signals
can be measured accurately.
CT:
Current Transformer. When measuring strong current, the current
transformer is used to reduce the current to an appropriate level before
supplying it to the power meter.
CT ratio:
This ratio is used to convert the current value on the secondary side of the CT
to the primary side.
PT:
Potential Transformer. When measuring high voltage, the potential
transformer is used to reduce the voltage to an appropriate level before
supplying it to the power meter.
PT ratio:
This ratio is used to convert the voltage value on the secondary side of the PT
to the primary side.
Chattering:
When a relay contact closes, chattering is a phenomenon in which the contact
does not close right away but quickly opens and closes repeatedly.
PLL:
Phase Locked Loop. Synchronization is attained with the base wave
component of the signal being measured, and the signal is constantly sampled
at 256 points over two cycles.
D/A output:
Although this is also generally known as analog output, the 3166 is a digital
sampling power meter, and therefore all measured values are processed
digitally. Therefore, the analog output is derived from digital data that is
converted into analog signals.

Appendix 7 Glossary of Terms

APPENDIX 30

Appendix 8 Printout Samples


(1) Normal Measurement mode (All items)

Date and time of printout

Instantaneous values
(voltage, current, power)

Maximum values
(voltage, current, power)
* These are the maximum values
(and the date and time at which they
were generated) for the instantaneous
values, from the time when the Data
Reset key was pressed until the time
of printing.

Minimum values
(voltage, current, power)
* These are the minimum values
(and the date and time at which they
were generated) for the instantaneous
values, from the time when the Data
Reset key was pressed until the time
of printing.

Appendix 8 Printout Samples

APPENDIX 31

(2) Integrated Measurement mode (Integrated power and average value within a time
period)

Date and time of printout


Date and time of start of integrated
measurement
Integration time
Integrated power
* These are the total integrated
values, from the start of integration
until the time of printing.

Average value within a time period


* These are the average values during
the integration period, derived from the
integrated power indicated above.

Output at the next interval time


* The setting of each item is the same
as for the previous time.

Appendix 8 Printout Samples

APPENDIX 32

(3) Demand Measurement mode


Demand measurement (Integrated power and average value within a time
period)
Date and time of printout
Date and time of start of demand
measurement
Demand count
* This example shows the data for the
second demand measurement.
Integrated power
* These are the integrated values,
during the set demand period since
the start of integration.

Average value within a time period


* These are the average values during
the demand period, derived from the
integrated power indicated above.

Output at the next (third) demand period


* The setting of each item is the same
as for the previous time.

Appendix 8 Printout Samples

APPENDIX 33

Daily report (Instantaneous value, integrated power, and average value within
a time period)
Date and time of printout
Date and time of start of demand measurement
Daily report output count
* This example shows the data for the first
daily report.

Instantaneous values at the time of printing


(voltage, current, and power)

Integrated power
* These are the total integrated values,
from the start of demand measurement until
the end (one day).

Average value within a time period


* These are the average values
during the one-day period, derived
from the integrated power indicated
above.
Maximum demand values and the
date and time at which they occurred
* In the case of integrated measurement,
daily reports, weekly reports, and
monthly reports, the maximum demand
value generated during that period is
output here, along with the date and time
at which that maximum was generated.

Appendix 8 Printout Samples

APPENDIX 34

(4) Setting condition

Version number
Date and time of printout
Setting condition

NOTE

If kanji were used in file names, they will not be printed out properly unless a
printer that supports kanji is used.

Appendix 8 Printout Samples

APPENDIX 35

Appendix 9 Headers of Data Output to Floppy Disk


Data header

Contents

Date and
OUTPUT DATE
time of output
OUTPUT TIME

FDD data output date

Instantanious
voltage
values

Instantanious
current
values

Instantanious
power values

Maximum
voltage
values

Unit

Data output condition

FDD data output time

DEMAND
START DATE

Demand start date

DEMAND
START TIME

Demand start time

U1

Effective voltage value


CH1

1p2w, 1p3w, 3p3w, 3p4w

U2

Effective voltage value


CH2

1p3w, 3p3w, 3p4w

U3

Effective voltage value


CH3

3p4w

Effective voltage value


Average value of chanels
between 1 to 3

3p4w

Uave
I1

Effective current value


CH1

1p2w, 1p3w, 3p3w, 3p3w3i,


3p4w

I2

Effective current value


CH2

1p3w, 3p3w, 3p3w3i, 3p4w

I3

Effective current value


CH3

3p3w3i, 3p4w

Effective current value


Average value of chanels
between 1 to 3

3p3w3i, 3p4w

Iave
P

Active power

Reactive power

var

Apparent power

VA

PF

Power factor

Frequency

Hz

U1max

CH1

1p2w, 1p3w, 3p3w, 3p4w

U1max DATE

Date of generation display

U1max TIME

Time of generation display

U2max

CH2

1p3w, 3p3w, 3p4w

U2max DATE

Date of generation display

U2max TIME

Time of generation display

U3max

CH3

3p4w

U3max DATE

Date of generation display

U3max TIME

Time of generation display

Appendix 9 Headers of Data Output to Floppy Disk

APPENDIX 36

Maximum
current
values

Maximum
power values

Minimum
voltage value

I1max

CH1

I1max DATE

Date of generation display

I1max TIME

Time of generation display

I2max

CH2

I2max DATE

Date of generation display

I2max TIME

Time of generation display

I3max

CH3

I3max DATE

Date of generation display

I3max TIME

Time of generation display

Pmax

Active power

Pmax DATE

Date of generation display

Pmax TIME

Time of generation display

Qmax

Reactive power (LAG)

Qmax DATE

Date of generation display

Qmax TIME

Time of generation display

Q-max

Reactive power (LEAD)

Q-max DATE

Date of generation display

Q-max TIME

Time of generation display

Smax

Apparent power

Smax DATE

Date of generation display

Smax TIME

Time of generation display

PFmax

Power factor (LAG)

PFmax DATE

Date of generation display

PFmax TIME

Time of generation display

PF-max

Power factor (LEAD)

PF-max DATE

Date of generation display

PF-max TIME

Time of generation display

Fmax

Frequency

Fmax DATE

Date of generation display

Fmax TIME

Time of generation display

U1min

CH1

U1min DATE

Date of generation display

U1min TIME

Time of generation display

U2min

CH2

U2min DATE

Date of generation display

U2min TIME

Time of generation display

U3min

CH3

U3min DATE

Date of generation display

U3min TIME

Time of generation display

1p2w, 1p3w, 3p3w, 3p3w3i,


3p4w

1p3w, 3p3w, 3p3w3i, 3p4w

3p3w3i, 3p4w

var

var

VA

Hz

1p2w, 1p3w, 3p3w, 3p4w

1p3w, 3p3w, 3p4w

3p4w

Appendix 9 Headers of Data Output to Floppy Disk

APPENDIX 37

Minimum
current value

Minimum
power values

Power
integration

I1min

CH1

I1min DATE

Date of generation display

I1min TIME

Time of generation display

I2min

CH2

I2min DATE

Date of generation display

I2min TIME

Time of generation display

I3min

CH3

I3min DATE

Date of generation display

I3min TIME

Time of generation display

Pmin

Active power

Pmin DATE

Date of generation display

Pmin TIME

Time of generation display

Qmin

Reactive power (LAG)

Qmin DATE

Date of generation display

Qmin TIME

Time of generation display

Q-min

Reactive power (LEAD)

Q-min DATE

Date of generation display

Q-min TIME

Time of generation display

Smin

Apparent power

Smin DATE

Date of generation display

Smin TIME

Time of generation display

PFmin

Power factor (LAG)

PFmin DATE

Date of generation display

PFmin TIME

Time of generation display

PF-min

Power factor (LEAD)

PF-min DATE

Date of generation display

PF-min TIME

Time of generation display

Fmin

Frequency

Fmin DATE

Date of generation display

Fmin TIME

Time of generation display

WP

Active power (addition)


(WP+)+(WP-)

Wh

WP+

Active power (consumption)

Wh

WP-

Active power (regeneration)

Wh

WQ

Reactive power

varh

(WS+)2

1p2w, 1p3w, 3p3w, 1p3p3i,


3p4w

1p3w, 3p3w, 1p3p3i, 3p4w

1p3p3i, 3p4w

var

var

VA

Hz

(WP+)2

WS

Apparent power (addition)


(WS+)+( WS- )

VAh

WS+

Apparent power (consumption)

VAh

WS-

Apparent power (regeneration)

VAh

When not using the reactive


power meter method

Appendix 9 Headers of Data Output to Floppy Disk

APPENDIX 38

Power
integration

WQ

Reactive power (total)


WQ+ + WQ-

varh

WQ+

Reactive power (LAG)

varh

WQ-

Reactive power (LEAD)

varh

Apparent power

VAh

WS
Average
Pave
value within a
time period
Qave

Maximum
demand
value

(WP+)2+(WQ+)2
Active power (Consumption)
WP+ / h

Reactive power (LAG)


WQ+ / h

var

Save

Apparent power (Consumption)


WS+ / h

VA

PFave

Power factor
WP+ / WS+

LF

Load factor
Pave / Pave max 100

Usage factor

TLF
Pave max

When using the reactive


power meter method

Save /Transfer capacity setting 100

Active power

Pave max DATE Date of generation display


Pave max TIME

Time of generation display

Qave max

Reactive power

Integrated measurement
mode
h =integrated elapsed time
Demand measurement
mode*

Demand measurement mode


Daily reports
Weekly reports
Monthly reports
Integration
Demand measurement mode
Daily reports
Weekly reports
Monthly reports
Integration

var

Qave max DATE Date of generation display


Qave max TIME

Time of generation display

Save max

Apparent power

VA

Save max DATE Date of generation display


Save max TIME

Time of generation display

PFave max

Power factor

PFave max
DATE

Date of generation display

PFave max
TIME

Time of generation display

TLF max

Usage factor

TLF max DATE

Date of generation display

TLF max TIME

Time of generation display

Demand measurement mode*:


Demand measurement data: h=demand period
Daily report data: h=24 hours period (1 day)
Weekly report data: h=168 hours period (7 days)
Monthly report data: h=1 month period
Integrated data: h=integration period

Appendix 9 Headers of Data Output to Floppy Disk

INDEX 1

Index

-AAC power inlet

6, 23

Accuracy

Connection cable

140, 150, 157, 242,

295-297, 302, 310

Additional integrati

69, 71, 72, 82, 272

Arrow
Average value within

250,265, 294
Consumption

63, 75-77, 89, 90, 102,

37

105, 107, 108, 110, 254, 307, 308

70, 176, 234, 295

Contrast 4, 24, 59, 86, 120, 123, 129, 174,

102, 115, 116, 147,

294, 301

Auto range

148, 212, 217, 260, 261, 298

Crest factor

295

Current range

4, 11, 12, 41, 47, 67, 70,


75, 94, 97, 175, 177, 296

-B-

Current range key

BNC connector

22

Back cover
Backlight

164, 165, 169

Command reference

4, 12

Cursor key

5, 9

291
4, 59, 86, 120, 123, 129, 171,

-D-

294, 301
Backup function

25, 283, 303

Basic operating procedure

D/A output

3, 7, 47, 58, 84, 118,

119, 178, 179, 197, 198, 222, 249-255

18, 32, 45, 65, 92,

D/A output item

58, 84, 118, 178,

162
Baud rate

131-133, 158, 239, 302

197, 222
Daily report

106-108, 115, 148, 182,


190, 216, 261

Data length

-CCHECK key

Data reset

13, 59, 86, 120, 123, 128, 228, 301

Calculation formula
Carrying case
Clamp on sensor

305, 307
3, 28

Clamp sensor connect


Command syntax

101, 104, 193


Deleting file
Demand measurement
Demand time
Display update rate

7, 21, 37, 289, 293-296,


310

Clip

5, 49, 70, 77, 97, 99,

4, 33, 36, 37, 47, 50, 67,


72, 94, 98

CT

131-133, 158, 239

258, 279
98, 99
113, 187
51, 74, 84, 252,
253, 295

Dynamic range over

42

21, 22
30
164, 169

Index

INDEX 2

Instantaneous value

46, 49, 54, 66, 73,

81, 100, 105, 107, 115, 146-149,

-E-

190-192, 211, 217, 220, 259, 260

English

24

Integrated measurement

Error message

10

Inverter

Extension

270, 275, 278

External control

FD auto output

-JJapanese

-F-

24

13, 80, 82, 117, 271, 272

FDD unit

-K-

7, 16, 26, 257, 311

FDD unit connector


File name

63

7, 265

Key beep

59, 86, 120, 123, 130, 172

55-57, 61, 83, 117, 181, 200,

Key lock

13, 50, 72, 98, 99, 210, 239

223, 270, 278, 279


Fixed clock

8, 126, 127, 227

Floppy disk

263, 267, 268

Flow control

131-133, 239

LCD

Format

258, 263, 276

Lag

77, 254, 296-298, 306-308

Lead

77, 254, 296-298, 306, 308

Frequency

8, 126, 127, 194, 230

Front panel

4, 291

Function key

4, 10

-L-

Load factor

115, 148, 261, 307

Loss of power

283, 284, 286, 288

-M-

-GGeneration time

51, 75, 102

Guide notch

129, 171, 174

21, 22, 140, 250

Manual printing

154, 155

Measurement range

41, 70, 97, 293,


295-297, 304

Modem

-HHarmonic analysis
Hold

Modem initialization command


15, 281

Header

130, 133, 134, 157, 241

Monthly report

133, 244

110, 115, 148, 182, 190,


216, 261, 270

163, 164, 167


13, 14, 50, 73, 101, 196, 255

-O-IID code
Imbalance
Incorrect wiring
Initial screen
Input resistance

133, 245

Option

7, 257, 281, 294

Output interval time

80, 82, 83, 154,


202, 272

38
29, 38

Over-range

13, 42, 253, 254

15, 33, 193


251, 293

Index

INDEX 3

Self-test
Separator

-PPLL

165

Special key

8, 13, 126, 127, 227, 230

PLL unlock
PT

24, 25

8, 13

13, 59, 86, 120, 123, 128, 228, 301

Parity check

11

Specifications

293, 312

Stand

26, 27

Start time

71, 78, 98, 99, 112,

131-133, 158, 239

Personal computer

130, 132, 157, 232,

184, 186, 205


Start/stop

5, 7, 70-72, 78, 79, 97-99,

239, 242, 245, 258, 270


Phase sequence

38, 46, 66, 93

Power cord

6, 23

Power flow

38, 75, 102, 105, 107,


108, 110, 250, 308

Power switch

141, 142
Stop bit length

131-133

Stop time

71, 72, 99, 112, 186

Supply voltage

6, 23, 266, 294

System reset

25, 135, 226, 290

6, 23, 24, 290

Print key

5, 52, 60, 87, 121, 136, 154

Print/save item

-T-

54, 81, 115, 116, 146,

152, 153, 182, 201, 224, 259, 269


Printer

5, 7, 11, 52, 60, 87,


121, 130, 136, 145, 154, 155

Printout

154, 155, 264

Protector

Telephone information

133

Telephone number
Timer

133, 244

72, 79, 80, 202, 207, 209

Transformer capacity

114, 188, 307, 308

291

-U-RRS-232C

Updating

253, 258

7, 13, 83, 118, 130,


157-163, 237, 241-248, 290

RS-232C cable

Reactive power meter method

13, 76,
77, 125, 225

Real time

173

Regeneration
Renaming files

7, 18, 30, 37, 294

Voltage cord lock

19, 20

Voltage range

4, 12, 41, 47, 67, 94,


233, 235

252, 253

Warmup
61, 137, 271, 278

Safety standard
Sample program
Sampling method

4, 12

-WWaiting

-SSETXXX

Voltage range key

278

Response characteris

Scaling

Voltage cord

63, 76, 89, 90, 102,

105, 107, 108, 110, 254, 307, 308

Save

-V-

157, 159, 160

2
237
126, 227

11, 53, 61, 88, 122, 137, 271


13

Weekly report

71, 98, 99
295
108, 109, 115, 116,

147-149, 182, 190, 216, 260-262, 270


Window
Wiring diagram
Wiring key
Write-protect

10, 13
34-36, 39, 40
4, 11
268

Index

INDEX 4

Index

HIOKI 3166 CLAMP ON POWER HiTESTER


Instruction Manual
Publication date:

October 2001 Revised edition 10

Edited and published by HIOKI E.E. CORPORATION


Technical Support Section
All inquiries to International Sales and Marketing Department
81 Koizumi, Ueda, Nagano, 386-1192, Japan
TEL: +81-268-28-0562 / FAX: +81-268-28-0568
E-mail: os-com@hioki.co.jp
URL http://www.hioki.co.jp/
Printed in Japan

3166A981-10

All reasonable care has been taken in the production of this manual, but if you
find any points which are unclear or in error, please contact your supplier or
the International Sales and Marketing Department at HIOKI headquarters.
In the interests of product development, the contents of this manual are subject
to revision without prior notice.
Unauthorized reproduction or copying of this manual is prohibited.

HEAD OFFICE
81 Koizumi, Ueda, Nagano 386-1192, Japan
TEL +81-268-28-0562 / FAX +81-268-28-0568
E-mail: os-com@hioki.co.jp / URL http://www.hioki.co.jp/
HIOKI USA CORPORATION
6 Corporate Drive, Cranbury, NJ 08512, USA
TEL +1-609-409-9109 / FAX +1-609-409-9108
3166A981-10 01-10H

Printed on recycled paper